WO2006095693A1 - Foreign language lesson operating/managing system and foreign language lesson operating/managing method - Google Patents

Foreign language lesson operating/managing system and foreign language lesson operating/managing method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006095693A1
WO2006095693A1 PCT/JP2006/304290 JP2006304290W WO2006095693A1 WO 2006095693 A1 WO2006095693 A1 WO 2006095693A1 JP 2006304290 W JP2006304290 W JP 2006304290W WO 2006095693 A1 WO2006095693 A1 WO 2006095693A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
lesson
frame
student
registered
students
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2006/304290
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Nozomu Sahashi
Original Assignee
Nova Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Nova Corporation filed Critical Nova Corporation
Priority to JP2007507104A priority Critical patent/JPWO2006095693A1/en
Publication of WO2006095693A1 publication Critical patent/WO2006095693A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09BEDUCATIONAL OR DEMONSTRATION APPLIANCES; APPLIANCES FOR TEACHING, OR COMMUNICATING WITH, THE BLIND, DEAF OR MUTE; MODELS; PLANETARIA; GLOBES; MAPS; DIAGRAMS
    • G09B19/00Teaching not covered by other main groups of this subclass
    • G09B19/06Foreign languages

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a foreign language lesson operation management system and a foreign language lesson operation management method for operating and managing a small number of foreign language lessons with native speakers as lecturers.
  • Patent Document 1 JP 2003-255815 A
  • Patent Document 2 JP 2003-36017 A
  • Patent Literature 1 discloses a learning support system using a network, and searches for a lecturer that matches a student's condition from pre-registered student conditions and a teacher's condition, and the relevant network via the network. It is described that individual instruction or small-scale lectures will be given by connecting the student's terminal and the instructor's terminal. However, since students are only determined based on conditions registered in advance by students, a certain level of students may not be combined in a small class. When applied to a foreign language lesson, there are cases where smooth lessons cannot be implemented.
  • Patent Document 2 discloses a network-type remote learning system in which a student-side condition and a lecturer-side condition are collated and a course reservation is made, and each student receives a coordinator. It is described that the student's level is determined and the placement of the students displayed on the instructor's terminal is changed based on the result of the determination or the class is organized. Test questions for level judgment are distributed, students' answers are automatically collected and class formation is performed, and it is necessary to judge the level by individually speaking with students like a foreign language lesson Not applicable in some cases.
  • the level since the level is organized after recruiting a large number of students for each lesson, it is not suitable for a learning form that aims to level up through a series of lessons, and it becomes a very inefficient lesson form. As mentioned above, when subdividing the level to provide dense lessons, it becomes difficult to provide low-priced lessons due to the lack of capacity, or learning for each combined student The problem of not providing the appropriate curriculum to each student due to the difference in content has been solved.
  • the object of the present invention is to provide a small-sized system with a native speaker as an instructor at the date and time desired by the student, and to provide an appropriate curriculum tailored to improve the level of each student. It is to be able to provide at a low price.
  • the foreign language lesson management system of the present invention uses a native speaker as a lecturer and groups a small number of students in a zone where the level of language ability is constant.
  • a foreign language lesson management system that conducts foreign language lessons by rubbing.
  • a lesson history is generated for each student and includes the current level of language ability of the student and the history of the texts learned so far.
  • Students are provided with a medical record to be recorded, a lecturer schedule table in which the instructor's schedule is registered, and a lesson table in which a lesson frame is generated and a predetermined number of students, the instructor to instruct and the booth number to be used are registered
  • a function for receiving a lesson application and obtaining the desired date and time of the lesson a function for obtaining the level of the student with reference to the medical record, and the obtained date and time of the lesson table.
  • a function for registering the student in the lesson frame and a lesson frame in which students in the same zone as the acquired level at the acquired desired date and time of the lesson table are registered If a certain number of students are registered in the corresponding lesson frame even if it is generated, it corresponds to the desired date and time obtained by referring to the instructor schedule table. If it is possible and registered in any lesson frame, and there is an instructor, a new lesson frame is created in the lesson table and the student, the instructor and a new booth number are registered.
  • Lesson setting means having a function to perform and a lesson frame generated in the lesson table in a zone determined by the students registered in the lesson frame.
  • Text selection means that has the function to extract and select units that are unlearned by any student registered in the lesson frame and to record the units used in the lesson in the chart It is equipped with.
  • the lesson setting means accepts a lesson application from the student, and refers to the instructor schedule table to the date and time desired by the student.
  • a lesson frame is set and students in a certain level zone are grouped, so each student is always grouped with the appropriate students as the level improves, Lessons less than 3 are rarely set, and good quality lessons are offered at a low price.
  • the instructor will determine the level of each student after the lesson and if the level is improved, the level recorded in the chart may be updated as appropriate. A separate level check may be conducted for students who are found to have improved, and the results of the judgment recorded in the chart.
  • the medical record records the history of the texts that each student has learned in previous lessons, and the text selection means does not identify any of the texts used in the zones determined by the grouped students. Units that are learning are extracted and the units to be used in the lesson are determined based on the extracted units. This prevents the students from repeatedly providing lessons that have already been learned and improves the level of each student. A suitable curriculum is provided.
  • the foreign language lesson management system is a foreign language lesson management system in which a native speaker is a lecturer and a small number of students in a zone with a certain level of language ability are grouped to implement a foreign language lesson.
  • a tutor schedule tape that is created for each student and records the lesson history including the current level of language skills of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, and the instructor schedule
  • a lesson table in which a lesson frame is generated and a predetermined number of students, an instructor to instruct, and a booth number to be used are registered.
  • a lesson frame generation means having a function of registering the instructor, a function of accepting an application for a student lesson and acquiring a desired date and time of the lesson, a function of acquiring the level of the student by referring to the medical record, There is a lesson frame in which students in the same zone as the acquired level are registered at the acquired desired date and time of the lesson table, and a predetermined number of students are not registered in the lesson frame
  • the function for registering the student in the lesson frame and the lesson frame in which the student in the same zone as the acquired level at the acquired desired date and time of the lesson table does not exist or do not exist.
  • the text selection means has the function to extract and select unlearned units and to record the units used in the lesson in the medical record.
  • a medical record in which the current level of language ability is recorded for each student is issued, and the lesson frame generation means refers to the instructor schedule table for a certain period before the lesson day, and the instructor Lesson frames are generated during available hours, lesson setting means accept lesson applications from students, and students in a certain level zone are grouped and registered in the lesson frames at the date and time desired by the students.
  • each student is always grouped with the appropriate students as the level improves, and less-than-capacity lessons are lessened, and high-quality lessons are offered at a low price.
  • the instructor will determine the level of each student after the lesson and if the level is improved, the level recorded in the chart may be updated as appropriate. A separate level check may be conducted for students who are found to have improved, and the results of the judgment recorded in the chart.
  • the medical record records the history of the texts that each student has learned in previous lessons, and the text selection means does not identify any of the texts used in the zones determined by the grouped students. Units that are learning are extracted and the units to be used in the lesson are determined based on the extracted units. This prevents the students from repeatedly providing lessons that have already been learned and improves the level of each student. A suitable curriculum is provided.
  • the foreign language lesson management system of the present invention is a foreign language lesson management system in which a native speaker is a lecturer and a small number of students in a certain level of language ability are grouped to conduct a foreign language lesson.
  • a system that is generated for each student and records the lesson history including the current level of language skills of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, and the teacher's schedule is registered Instructor schedule table, lesson frame is generated, number of students and instructor instructor and booth number to use The lesson table is registered, and the booth number is designated for the lesson table by referring to the instructor schedule table for a certain period of time before the lesson date of the lesson.
  • Lesson frame generation means having a function to generate a lesson frame, a student ability, a function to accept an application for a lesson, a function to obtain the level of the student by referring to the medical record, and the acquired level in the lesson table If there is a lesson frame that has registered students in the same zone, and a predetermined number of students are registered, the lesson frame and the lesson frame that the student has not registered are presented as a lesson frame that can be accepted. And a function for registering the student in the lesson frame selected by the student among the presented lesson frames. For each lesson frame generated in the lesson frame generated in the lesson frame generated in the lesson frame generated in the lesson frame, all the texts used in the zones determined by the students registered in the lesson frame are not yet learned. It is equipped with a text selection means that has the function of extracting and selecting a unit and the function of recording the unit used in the lesson in a medical record.
  • a chart in which the level of language ability is recorded for each student is issued, and the lesson frame generation means refers to the instructor schedule table for a certain period before the lesson day, so that the instructor can handle it.
  • a lesson frame is generated, the lesson setting means accepts a lesson application from a student, and a student in the same zone as the student's level is registered or an unregistered lesson frame is presented as an acceptable lesson frame, Since the students are registered in the lesson frame selected by the student, students in a certain level zone are grouped, and each student is always grouped with an appropriate student as the level improves. Less less lessons are set, and good quality lessons are offered at a low price.
  • the instructor will determine the level of each student after the lesson and if the level is improved, the level recorded in the chart may be updated as appropriate. A separate level check may be conducted for students who are found to have improved, and the results of the judgment recorded in the chart.
  • the medical record also contains a history of the texts that each student has learned in previous lessons.
  • the recorded text selection means extracts the unlearned units from all the texts used in the zones defined by the grouped students, and based on this, the units to be used in the lesson are determined. This prevents students from repeatedly providing lessons that have already been learned, and provides an appropriate curriculum tailored to the level of each student.
  • the foreign language lesson management system of the present invention records a function for obtaining a recommendation for taking a level check for a student who has been recognized as having improved levels from the instructor who conducted the lesson, and a recommendation for taking the level check. If there is a lecturer who can accept the application for the examination, obtain and record the desired date and time of the level, and refer to the lecturer schedule table, and can correspond to the obtained desired date and time In addition, a level check frame is generated at the acquired desired date and time of the lesson table, and a function for registering the student and the instructor and the instructor ability to perform the level check are obtained. And a level management means having a function of recording in the medical record of the student who took the examination.
  • the level management means obtains a recommendation for taking a level check for a student whose level has been improved from the instructor who conducted the lesson, and the student takes the level check at a desired date and time.
  • the level judgment result is recorded in the student's chart by the teacher who performed the level check, so that each student's current level is judged accurately, and a better lesson can be provided at a low price.
  • the instructor registered in each lesson frame generated in the lesson table is registered in the lesson frame immediately before the lesson date.
  • the student has a lesson optimization means that has a history of teaching for a predetermined period or more and has the function of resetting to the instructor.
  • the lesson optimization means registers the instructor registered in each lesson frame immediately before the lesson day, and registers the instructor in the lesson frame so that it can be used as a misplaced student.
  • each student since it has the function of resetting it to an instructor who has not been instructed for a certain period of time, each student will be instructed uniformly by various types of instructors and will be able to improve their ability to speak foreign languages. In addition, even when the instructor suddenly becomes absent, an appropriate instructor is selected.
  • “just before the lesson day” may be the day before the lesson, for example, the day before the lesson.
  • the fact that there is no record of instructing for a predetermined period or longer includes, for example, not being assigned to the same instructor on the same day.
  • each student registered in each lesson is reset to the instructor in a hometown different from the hometown of the instructor instructed so far You may make it have a function.
  • students will be able to cope with subtle pronunciation and intonation errors due to the teacher's birthplace, and improve their ability to handle foreign languages.
  • the lesson optimizing means equalizes the level of students to be grouped, so it is possible to provide lessons with higher density.
  • the day before the lesson day may be the day before the lesson, for example, or the day of the lesson.
  • the day of the 1S lesson there is a problem with the preparation of the instructor or the student's notification, so before the first lesson starts. It is preferable to complete lesson optimization.
  • the fact that there is no record of instructing for a predetermined period or longer includes, for example, not being assigned to the same instructor on the same day.
  • V ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ You may have the ability to reset students to be grouped! This allows you to select a more appropriate text for each lesson and provide more dense lessons. Can be provided.
  • the lesson setting means has a function of setting a lesson frame for a private lesson on the lesson table, so that small-group gnolep lessons and one-on-one private lessons are free. It is now possible to set a lesson plan that matches the thread.
  • the present invention has a function to set a lesson frame for private lessons in the lesson table, and since a lesson plan can be set by freely combining small group lessons and one-on-one private lessons, it is reasonable. Can provide effective foreign language lessons at a reasonable lesson cost.
  • the foreign language lesson management system of the present invention comprises a remote lesson means that allows a student to take a small number of foreign language lessons remotely from home using a videophone terminal.
  • a lesson is set using the lesson table for remote lessons, and in other cases, the lesson is set using the lesson table for face-to-face lessons.
  • the lessons can be set in combination.
  • students can freely combine face-to-face lessons where students go to the lesson place and face the instructor to take lessons, and remote lessons that take lessons from home by means of remote lessons. Now that lessons can be set, students can use their limited time effectively to set up an effective lesson plan.
  • the foreign language lesson management system comprises a remote lesson means that allows a student to take a small number of foreign language lessons remotely using a lesson place power TV phone terminal,
  • the lesson setting means comprises a separate lesson for a face-to-face lesson that meets the instructor at the lesson location, and a remote lesson for receiving a lesson remotely using a videophone terminal at the lesson location.
  • the present invention it is not possible to set a lesson in the lesson table for face-to-face lessons at the date and time desired by the student! /, And when the lesson can be set in the lesson table for remote lessons, The lesson place is also able to take lessons remotely using a videophone, so even if the student's desired date and time is concentrated, the load can be adjusted using the remote lesson means, and the instructor waiting at the lesson place The number of students can be minimized and good quality lessons can be provided at a lower price.
  • the foreign language lesson management system of the present invention provides a free talk room in which students can freely enter and exit, and can participate in and freely talk with instructors and other students in a predetermined foreign language.
  • a combination of face-to-face lessons and participation in a free talk room can be used for learning, and a function for generating a free talk frame at a time period for providing a free talk room for the lesson table, and referring to the instructor schedule table,
  • the apparatus further comprises a free talk frame generating means having a function of registering a lecturer capable of handling the generated free talk frame.
  • the free talk frame setting means allows the student to freely enter and exit the lesson table, and the fleet room frame that allows the instructor and other students to freely interact in foreign languages.
  • students can make up for the amount of communication that is not possible with just regular lessons by participating in the free talk room. Combining lessons and distance lessons with fleet room participation can improve your level more effectively
  • the free talk frame generation means is selected by a lecturer registered in the free talk frame and a function for recruiting themes to be taken up in the student power free talk lesson and the recruited theme power And a function of registering the selected theme in the lesson table.
  • themes to be taken up in the student power free talk lesson are recruited.
  • the theme selected by the instructor is registered in the lesson table, and students can select and participate in the free talk frame where the desired theme is taken up. .
  • the foreign language lesson management system of this invention has schools in multiple locations, with native speakers as instructors, and groups a small number of students in a certain level of language ability to conduct foreign language lessons.
  • This is a foreign language lesson management system that is generated for each student and records the lesson history including the current level of language ability of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, and the place of work.
  • Instructor schedule table that includes the schedule of the instructor including the lesson table, lesson table is created for each lesson location, where a lesson frame is generated and a predetermined number of students, the instructor to be instructed, and the booth number to be used are registered.
  • a lesson frame is created in which students in the same zone as the acquired level are registered.
  • the acquired lesson location is registered as the attendance location at the desired date and time acquired with reference to the instructor schedule table.
  • the attendance place is registered in another school in the same area as the acquired lesson place, and it is also registered in the lesson frame including the travel time.
  • a lesson setting means having a function of recording the desired date and time acquired in the table and the location of the lesson and recording that the movement is in progress during the movement time; and each lesson frame generated in the lesson table Of the text used in the zone defined by the students registered in the lesson frame, any of the students registered in the lesson frame are unlearned.
  • the text selection means has the function of extracting and selecting a notebook and recording the unit used in the lesson in a medical record.
  • the lesson setting means accepts a lesson application from the student, and refers to the instructor schedule table to the date and time desired by the student.
  • the lesson place is registered as a place of attendance, and if there are instructors who can respond, the lesson frame is set and students in a certain level zone are grouped, so each student can improve their level. At the same time, they are always grouped with the appropriate students, and less less than lessons are set, providing high-quality lessons at a low price.
  • the lesson place is registered as a work place at the date and time desired by the student and there is no instructor available, the work place is registered in another school in the same area as the lesson place. If there is an instructor who can respond, including travel time, a lesson frame is set for sending the instructor to the lesson location and giving lessons, and students in a certain level zone are grouped. , Lessons can be provided even if the student's desired date and time is temporarily offset, the instructor's idle time is reduced, and high-quality lessons can be provided at a lower price.
  • the instructor will determine the level of each student after the lesson and if the level is improved, the level recorded in the chart may be updated as appropriate.
  • the medical record records the history of the texts that each student has learned in previous lessons, and the text selection means does not identify any of the texts used in the zones determined by the grouped students. Units that are learning are extracted and the units to be used in the lesson are determined based on the extracted units. This prevents the students from repeatedly providing lessons that have already been learned and improves the level of each student. A suitable curriculum is provided.
  • the lesson place may be limited to the school where the student is registered so that the student can freely select when applying for the lesson.
  • the foreign language lesson management system of this invention has schools in multiple locations, with native speakers as instructors, and groups a small number of students in a certain level of language ability to conduct foreign language lessons.
  • a foreign language lesson management system that is generated for each student, records a lesson history that includes the current level of language skills of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, and the teacher's schedule
  • a lesson table in which a lesson frame is generated for each lesson location and a predetermined number of students, instructors to be instructed, and booth numbers to be used are registered.
  • Lesson frame generation means that has the function to generate a lesson frame by specifying a booth number during the available time zone, a function to accept lesson applications from students and obtain the lesson location and desired date and time, and the above chart A function for referring to the level of the student by reference and a lesson frame in which students in the same zone as the acquired level exist at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson place in the lesson table.
  • the function of registering the students in the lesson frame is the same as the acquired level at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location in the lesson table. There are or are no lesson slots for students in the zone!
  • the corresponding lesson frame Climbing students The ability to record and a lesson frame where students in the same zone as the acquired level do not exist at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location in the lesson table. If a student is registered and there is no lesson frame where the student has not been registered, the lesson table of another lesson location in a certain area is displayed.
  • the lesson has a function of registering the student by transferring the lesson frame that the registered instructor including the travel time can handle and the student unregistered lesson frame to the acquired lesson location.
  • the setting means and the text used in the zone determined by the students registered in the lesson frame. It has a text selection means that has the function of extracting and selecting units that have not been learned by any student registered in the lesson frame, and the function of recording the units used in the lesson in the medical record. is there.
  • the lesson frame generation means refers to the instructor schedule table for a certain period before the lesson day, and the instructor is scheduled to attend work.
  • the lesson setting means accepts a lesson application from a student, and there is an unregistered lesson frame at the lesson location at the desired date and time of the student Since the students are registered and students in a certain level zone are grouped, each student is always grouped with the appropriate students as the level improves, and lesson less than capacity is set Less, and good quality lessons are offered at low prices.
  • the instructor will determine the level of each student after the lesson and if the level is improved, the level recorded in the chart may be updated as appropriate. A separate level check may be conducted for students who are found to have improved, and the results of the judgment recorded in the chart.
  • the medical record records the history of the texts that each student has learned in previous lessons, and the text selection means does not identify any of the texts used in the zones determined by the grouped students. Units that are learning are extracted and the units to be used in the lesson are determined based on the extracted units. This prevents the students from repeatedly providing lessons that have already been learned and improves the level of each student. A suitable curriculum is provided.
  • the lesson place may be limited to the school where the student is registered so that the student can freely select when applying for the lesson.
  • the foreign language lesson management system includes a function for obtaining and recording a recommendation for taking a level check for a student who is recognized as having improved in level from the instructor who conducted the lesson, and taking the level check.
  • a level frame is created at the desired date and time of the acquired examination location in the lesson table, the function to register the student and the instructor, and the level of instructor ability It is equipped with a level management means having a function of acquiring the result of the level judgment of the student and recording it in the strength of the student who took the examination.
  • the level management means obtains a recommendation for taking a level check for a student whose level has been improved from the instructor who conducted the lesson, and the student takes the level check at a desired date and time.
  • the level judgment result is recorded in the student's chart by the teacher who performed the level check, so that each student's current level is judged accurately, and a better lesson can be provided at a low price.
  • the foreign language lesson management system of the present invention resets the instructor so as to minimize the movement of the instructor registered in each lesson frame generated in the lesson table immediately before the lesson date. It is equipped with a lesson optimization means that has a function. [0039] According to the present invention, the lesson optimization means resets the instructor so that the instructor's movement is minimized immediately before the lesson day, thereby reducing the instructor's idle time due to the movement. Efficient lessons are provided.
  • the foreign language lesson management method of the present invention is a foreign language lesson management method in which a native speaker is a lecturer and a small number of students in a certain level of language ability are grouped to implement a foreign language lesson.
  • An instructor that is created for each student and records the lesson history including the current level of language ability of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, and the instructor's schedule
  • a schedule table and a lesson table in which a lesson frame is generated and a predetermined number of students, instructors to be instructed, and booth numbers to be used are registered, accepting lesson applications from students and obtaining the desired date and time of lessons Obtaining a level of the student with reference to the medical record, and acquiring the acquired level of the lesson table.
  • a lesson frame has been created in which students in the same zone as the acquired level are registered at the desired date and time, and a predetermined number of students have not been registered in the lesson frame
  • the lesson frame will be displayed.
  • a step of registering the student and a lesson frame in which a student in the same zone as the acquired level is registered at the acquired desired date and time of the lesson table is generated, or is generated.
  • a step of creating a new lesson frame in the lesson table and registering the student, the instructor and a new booth number For each lesson frame generated in the lesson setting step and each lesson frame generated in the lesson table, any student who wants to be registered in the lesson frame out of the text used in the zone determined by the student registered in the lesson frame It includes a text selection step that includes extracting and selecting unlearned units and recording the units used in the lesson in a medical record.
  • a chart in which the current level of language ability is recorded for each student is issued, and the lesson setting step accepts an application for a lesson from the student, and the instructor schedule.
  • the lesson frame is set and students in a certain level zone are grouped. In addition to being grouped with the appropriate students at all times, less less than lessons are set, and good quality lessons are offered at a low price.
  • the instructor will determine the level of each student after the lesson and if the level is improved, the level recorded in the chart may be updated as appropriate. A separate level check may be conducted for students who are found to have improved, and the results of the judgment recorded in the chart.
  • the history of the texts that each student has learned in previous lessons is recorded in the medical record, and any text that is used in the zone defined by the grouped students in the text selection step is not yet learned. Since a unit is extracted and the unit to be used in the lesson is determined based on this, it is possible to prevent students from repeatedly providing lessons that have already been learned, and to improve the level of each student. Appropriate curriculum is provided.
  • the foreign language lesson management method of the present invention is a foreign language lesson management method in which a native speaker is a lecturer and a small number of students in a certain level of language ability are grouped to implement a foreign language lesson.
  • a chart that records the lesson history that is generated for each student and includes the current level of language ability of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, and a teacher schedule table that stores the teacher's schedule
  • a lesson table in which a lesson frame is generated and a predetermined number of students, an instructor to instruct and a booth number to be used are registered.
  • a lesson frame generation step having a step of registering, a step of receiving a lesson application from a student, obtaining a desired date and time of the lesson, a step of referring to the medical record to obtain the level of the student, and a step of the lesson table
  • a lesson setting step including a step of registering the student in a registered lesson frame, and for each lesson frame generated in the lesson table, the lesson out of the text used in a zone determined by the student registered in
  • a chart that records the current level of language ability is issued for each student, and the lesson frame generation step allows the instructor to refer to the instructor schedule table for a certain period before the lesson day.
  • a lesson frame is generated at a certain time, and the lesson setting step accepts lesson applications from students, and students in a certain level zone are grouped and registered in the lesson frame of the student's desired date and time.
  • Each student is always grouped with the appropriate students as their level improves, and less less than lessons are set, and good quality lessons are offered at a low price.
  • the instructor will determine the level of each student after the lesson and if the level is improved, the level recorded in the chart may be updated as appropriate. A separate level check may be conducted for students who are found to have improved, and the results of the judgment recorded in the chart.
  • the history of the texts that each student has learned in previous lessons is recorded in the medical record, and any text that is used in the zone defined by the grouped students in the text selection step is not yet learned. Since a unit is extracted and the unit to be used in the lesson is determined based on this unit, it is suppressed that the lesson that has already been learned is repeatedly provided to the student, and the level of each student is reduced. An appropriate curriculum tailored to the improvement of the bell is provided.
  • the foreign language lesson operation management method of the present invention is a foreign language lesson operation management method in which a native speaker is a lecturer and a small number of students in a certain level of language ability are grouped to implement a foreign language lesson.
  • An instructor that is created for each student and records the lesson history including the current level of language ability of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, and the instructor's schedule
  • a schedule table and a lesson table in which a lesson frame is generated, a predetermined number of students, instructors to be instructed, and booth numbers to be used are registered.
  • a chart in which the current level of language ability is recorded for each student is issued, and the lesson frame generation step refers to the instructor schedule table by referring to the instructor schedule table a certain period before the lesson day.
  • a lesson frame is generated in a time slot that can be handled by the lesson, and the lesson setting step accepts a lesson application from a student and a student in the same zone as the student's level is registered. Is presented as an acceptable lesson frame, and is registered in the lesson frame selected by the student, so that students in a certain level zone are grouped, and each student is adjusted to improve their level.
  • lesson lessons will be set less and high-quality lessons will be offered at a low price.
  • the instructor will determine the level of each student after the lesson and if the level is improved, the level recorded in the chart may be updated as appropriate. A separate level check may be conducted for students who are found to have improved, and the results of the judgment recorded in the chart.
  • the history of the texts that each student has learned in previous lessons is recorded in the medical record, and any text that is used in the zone defined by the grouped students in the text selection step is not yet learned. Since a unit is extracted and the unit to be used in the lesson is determined based on this, it is possible to prevent students from repeatedly providing lessons that have already been learned, and to improve the level of each student. Appropriate curriculum is provided.
  • the foreign language lesson management method of the present invention comprises the steps of obtaining a recommendation for taking a level check for a student who has been recognized as having improved his / her instructor's ability level; Recorded student ability When receiving an application for the examination, obtaining and recording the desired date and time of the level check, and referring to the instructor schedule table, if there is an instructor who can handle the obtained desired date and time
  • a level check frame is generated at the acquired desired date and time in the lesson table, the step of registering the student and the instructor, the instructor ability who performed the level check, and the level judgment result of the student who took the exam, And a level management step having a step of recording in the medical record of the student who took the examination.
  • the recommendation for taking the level check is obtained for the student who is recognized as having improved the level from the instructor who conducted the lesson, and the student takes the level check at the desired date and time.
  • the level check results are recorded in the student's chart by the instructor who performed the level check, so that each student's current level can be determined more accurately and a better quality lesson can be provided at a low price.
  • the instructor registered in each lesson frame generated in the lesson table is registered in the lesson frame immediately before the lesson date.
  • a misplaced student has a lesson optimization step having a step of resetting to a teacher who has not been instructed for a predetermined period or longer.
  • the instructor registered in each lesson frame is registered in the lesson frame immediately before the lesson day, and the student is registered in the lesson frame. Since it has the function of resetting to instructors who have not been instructed for a certain period of time or more, each student can be instructed uniformly by various types of instructors and can further improve their ability to speak foreign languages.
  • the day before the lesson day may be the day before the lesson, for example, or the day of the lesson.
  • the day of the 1S lesson there is a problem with the preparation of the instructor or the student's notification, so before the first lesson starts. It is preferable to complete lesson optimization.
  • the fact that there is no record of instructing for a predetermined period or longer includes, for example, not being assigned to the same instructor on the same day.
  • each student registered in each lesson is re-introduced to a different instructor's hometown from the instructor's hometown. You may make it have the function to set. As a result, students will be able to cope with subtle pronunciation and intonation differences depending on the teacher's hometown, and improve their ability to handle foreign languages.
  • the students registered in each lesson frame generated in the lesson table are registered in other lesson frames of the same time period. It is equipped with a lesson optimization step that includes steps to equalize the level of the students who are registered in each lesson frame in place of the students who are learning.
  • the lesson optimization step makes the level of the students grouped uniform, so that a less dense lesson can be provided.
  • the day before the lesson day may be the day before the lesson, for example, or the day of the lesson.
  • the day of the 1S lesson there is a problem with the preparation of the instructor or the student's notification, so before the first lesson starts. It is preferable to complete lesson optimization.
  • the fact that there is no record of instructing for a predetermined period or longer includes, for example, not being assigned to the same instructor on the same day.
  • a lesson optimization step just before the lesson day, for each student registered in each lesson, a record of the texts learned so far is obtained and each lesson generated in the lesson table is acquired. It is possible to replace the students registered in the frame with students registered in other lesson frames in the same time period, and to reset the students so that they are grouped near the text learned so far!Obviously ⁇ . This allows you to select a more appropriate text for each lesson and provide a more dense lesson.
  • the foreign language lesson management method has schools in multiple locations, with native speakers as instructors, and dulls a small number of students in a certain level of language ability to teach foreign language lessons.
  • a foreign language lesson management and management method that is created for each student and records the lesson history including the current level of language ability of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, and the place of attendance
  • a lesson table where the schedule of instructors is registered, a lesson table where a lesson frame is generated for each lesson location, and a predetermined number of students, the instructor to be instructed, and the booth number to be used are registered, Student ability also accepts lesson application, gets lesson location and desired date and time, and refers to the level of the student And when a lesson frame in which students in the same zone as the acquired level are registered at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location in the lesson table is generated in the lesson frame.
  • a lesson frame is registered or created, even if a predetermined number of students are registered in the lesson frame, refer to the instructor schedule table.
  • the acquired lesson place is registered as the attendance place at the desired date and time acquired, and it is registered in any lesson frame. If there is no instructor, a step of generating a new lesson frame at a desired date and time of the acquired lesson location in the lesson table, registering the student, the instructor, and a new booth number; and The same zone as the acquired level at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location in the table.
  • a lesson frame is created with a student registered in the class, or if a certain number of students are registered in that lesson frame, refer to the instructor schedule table. Then, at the desired date and time acquired, the acquired lesson location is registered as a work attendance place! There is no instructor, but the attendance location is registered in another school in the same area as the lesson location obtained above, and it is also registered in the lesson frame including the travel time.
  • a lecturer exists, a step of creating a new lesson frame at a desired date and time of the acquired lesson location in the lesson table and registering the student, the lecturer, and a new booth number;
  • a lesson setting step having a step of recording the acquired desired date and time of the lesson location in the instructor schedule table and recording the fact that the lesson is being moved during the travel time, and is generated in the lesson table.
  • any text registered in the lesson frame out of the text used in the zone determined by the students registered in the lesson frame. Students and those having the steps of selecting and extracting a unit not learned, and text selection step and a step that records the units used in the lesson chart.
  • a chart in which the current level of language ability is recorded is issued for each student, and the lesson setting step accepts an application for a lesson from the student, and the student desires by referring to the instructor schedule table.
  • a lesson place is registered as a work place at the time of day and there is a lecturer who can respond to it, a lesson frame is set and students in a certain level zone are grouped, so each student As the level improves, students are always grouped together with the appropriate students, and lesson lessons are set less frequently, and good quality lessons are offered at a low price.
  • the lesson place is registered as a work place at the date and time desired by the student and there is no instructor available, the work place is registered in another school in the same area as the lesson place. If there is an instructor who can respond, including travel time, a lesson frame is set for sending the instructor to the lesson location and giving lessons, and students in a certain level zone are grouped. , We can offer lessons even if the student's desired date and time is temporarily offset, and the instructor's idle time Reduced, can provide better lessons at lower prices.
  • the teacher will determine the level of each student after the lesson is completed, and if there is an improvement in the level, update the level recorded in the chart accordingly.
  • a level check may be separately conducted for students whose level is recognized to have improved, and the determination result recorded in the medical record.
  • the history of the texts that each student has learned in previous lessons is recorded in the medical record, and any text that is used in the zone defined by the grouped students in the text selection step is not yet learned. Since a unit is extracted and the unit to be used in the lesson is determined based on this, it is possible to prevent students from repeatedly providing lessons that have already been learned, and to improve the level of each student. Appropriate curriculum is provided.
  • the lesson place may be limited to the school where the student is registered so that the student can freely select when applying for the lesson.
  • the foreign language lesson management method has schools in multiple locations, with native speakers as instructors, and dulls a small number of students in a certain level of language ability to teach foreign language lessons.
  • This is a foreign language lesson management and management method that is generated for each student and records the lesson history including the current level of language ability of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, A lesson table in which a schedule is registered, and a lesson table in which a lesson frame is generated for each lesson location, and a predetermined number of students, an instructor to instruct, and a booth number to be used are registered. In response to the lesson place where the instructor is going to work by referring to the instructor schedule table before a certain period of the lesson day.
  • a lesson frame generation step having a step of generating a lesson frame by specifying a booth number during a valid time period, a step of receiving a lesson application from a student, obtaining a lesson location and a desired date and time, and referring to the medical record Acquiring a level of the student, and when there is a lesson frame in which students in the same zone as the acquired level are registered at a desired date and time of the acquired lesson location of the lesson table.
  • the step of registering the student in the lesson frame, and a lesson in which students in the same zone as the acquired level at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location on the lesson table are registered If a frame does not exist or if a certain number of students are registered even if they exist, and there is a lesson frame in which the student is not registered in the acquired lesson location.
  • a chart in which the current level of language ability is recorded for each student is issued, and the lesson frame generation step refers to the instructor schedule table for a certain period before the lesson day, and the instructor is scheduled to attend work.
  • the lesson frame generation step accepts a student lesson application, and there is an unregistered lesson frame at the lesson location at the date and time desired by the student Since the students are registered in the group and students in a certain level zone are grouped, each student is always grouped with the appropriate students as the level improves, and lesson less than the capacity is set Less and less expensive, better quality lessons.
  • the instructor will determine the level of each student after the lesson and if the level is improved, the level recorded in the chart may be updated as appropriate. A separate level check may be conducted for students who are found to have improved, and the results of the judgment recorded in the chart.
  • the history of the texts that each student has learned in previous lessons is recorded in the medical record, and any text that is used in the zone defined by the grouped students in the text selection step is not yet learned. Since a unit is extracted and the unit to be used in the lesson is determined based on this, it is possible to prevent students from repeatedly providing lessons that have already been learned, and to improve the level of each student. Appropriate curriculum is provided.
  • the lesson place may be limited to the school where the student is registered so that the student can freely select when applying for the lesson.
  • the foreign language lesson management method of the present invention comprises a step of acquiring and recording a recommendation for taking a level check for a student who has been recognized as having improved his / her instructor's ability level, and said level check Accepting an application for an examination of a student's ability to take an examination, obtaining the level check examination location and desired date and time, referring to the instructor schedule table, and responding to the desired date and time of the obtained exam location If there is a possible instructor, a level check frame is generated at the desired date and time of the acquired examination place in the lesson table, the step of registering the student and the instructor, and the instructor ability that performed the level check
  • a level management step having a step of acquiring a level judgment result of the acquired student and recording it in a medical record of the student who took the examination Is.
  • the recommendation for taking the level check for the student who has been recognized as having improved the level from the instructor who conducted the lesson is obtained. Students can take the level check at the desired date and time, and the level check result is recorded in the student's medical record by the instructor who performed the level check, so that each student's current level is determined more accurately, Provide better quality lessons at a lower price.
  • the teacher immediately before the lesson date, the teacher is registered in each lesson frame generated in the lesson table so that the instructor can be moved to the minimum.
  • a lesson optimization step with steps to set.
  • the lesson optimization step resets the instructor so that the instructor's movement is minimized immediately before the lesson day, thereby reducing the instructor's idle time due to movement, More efficient lessons are provided.
  • the foreign language lesson management management method other than the above using each method of the above-described foreign language lesson management system as a step also achieves the same operational effects as the above-described foreign language lesson management system. Play.
  • a small group lesson with a native speaker as an instructor can be provided at the date and time desired by the student, and an appropriate power curriculum that matches the level of each student is provided at a low price. There is an effect that you can.
  • FIG. 1 is a system configuration diagram of a foreign language lesson management system useful for one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 A diagram showing an example of information recorded in the foreign language lesson management database.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart showing one embodiment of student correspondence processing.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart showing an embodiment of the instructor handling process.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart showing an embodiment of a lesson frame generation process.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart showing an embodiment of free talk frame generation processing.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart (part 1) showing an embodiment of a lesson setting process.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart (part 2) showing an embodiment of the lesson setting process.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart (part 3) showing an embodiment of the lesson setting process.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing an embodiment of lesson optimization processing.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing one embodiment of the lecturer movement minimization process.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing one embodiment of a student combination optimization process.
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing one embodiment of the guidance lecturer optimization process.
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing one embodiment of text selection processing.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing one embodiment of level management processing.
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram showing an example of a lesson application screen.
  • FIG. 17 is a diagram showing an example of a lesson setting display screen (acceptance).
  • ⁇ 18] An example of a free talk setting display screen (acceptance).
  • FIG. 19 is a diagram showing an example of a chart display screen.
  • FIG. 20 is a diagram showing an example of a lecturer schedule display screen.
  • FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of a lesson setting display screen (for instructors).
  • FIG. 22 is a diagram showing an example of a text selection screen.
  • FIG. 1 shows the system configuration of a foreign language lesson management system that is useful for one embodiment of the present invention.
  • 100 is a foreign language lesson management server that manages and manages foreign language lessons, and a foreign language lesson management database (hereinafter referred to as the foreign language lesson management database) that records information necessary to manage and manage foreign language lessons.
  • “Database” is abbreviated as “DB”) 120.
  • the foreign language lesson management DB 120 includes a student information DB in which the student's personal information is registered, a lecturer information DB in which the instructor's personal information is registered, a medical record DB in which a medical record issued for each student is registered, Instructor schedule table where instructor schedules are registered, lesson table where lessons are set according to student's wishes for each school, and instructors and other students who can enter and exit freely and participate! There is a free talk table where a free talk room is set up where you can speak freely in a given foreign language.
  • the foreign language lesson management server 100 also accepts application for lessons, accepts lesson inquiries from lessons that are set in the lesson table from each school receptionist and instructor, and receives lessons from instructors.
  • a web server 102 that accepts records of evaluation and level check judgment results in student charts, and as an application for managing and managing foreign language lessons, the lesson time frame is limited to lessons that can be handled by the lesson table!
  • Lesson frame generation process 104 to generate a free talk frame in the free talk table!
  • Free talk frame generation process to generate a free talk frame in the lesson time period that can be handled by the instructor 10 6, Lessons to the lesson table according to the application from the student Lesson setting process 108 to be set, each level set in the lesson table just before the lesson date Instructor and student Lesson optimization process 110 to optimize lessons, select text to be used for each lesson, and record the selection results in the student chart 112, from the instructor who conducted the lesson A level management process 114 or the like for checking the level of the student by recommendation and recording the result of the level judgment in the student's chart is provided.
  • 210, 220, ⁇ are schools where students go to school and take lessons, and are generally installed in front of train stations, etc. because of convenient transportation.
  • Each school has a face-to-face lesson booth where students take lessons face-to-face with teachers 212, 222, ..., and a free talk booth 213, 223, ... Remote lesson terminals 214, 224, etc. for calling and taking lessons remotely via videophone.
  • Each school receptionist receives contact from students to register student information and apply for lessons.
  • Registration terminal for instructor information received from the instructor, schedule setting, setting of the lesson table, confirmation of the lesson contents to be notified to the instructor and students 216, 226,,, etc., the instructor registers his / her schedule in the instructor schedule table, confirms the lesson contents set in the lesson table, Instructor's mobile device 218, 228 for recording lesson evaluations and recommendation for level check on students 'charts after the lesson is completed, and for recording level judgment results on students' charts after the level check is completed ,... Are provided.
  • 300 is a home lesson terminal for a student to call a home power remote lesson center and receive a remote listening by videophone.
  • [0068] 400 is a remote lesson center that provides remote lessons via videophone.
  • the instructor terminal 410 used by the instructor instructing the remote lesson and the instructor terminal 410 specified when the lesson is provided and one or more specified Remote lessons that provide two-way video and audio communication services using a predetermined videophone protocol by connecting the home lesson terminals 300 and Z or one or more remote lesson terminals 214, 224, ... With Sano 420.
  • 500 is a foreign language lesson management server 100 and each school reception terminal 216, 226,
  • Connects between remote lesson servers 420 or remotely A communication line that connects between the lesson server 420 and the school remote lesson terminals 214, 224,..., The home lesson terminal 300, and uses an Internet communication network or an ISDN telephone network.
  • Remote lesson terminals 214, 224,..., Home lesson terminal 300 and instructor terminal 410 are videophone terminals for performing remote lessons by connecting to remote lesson Sano 20, and are televisions that capture images of users. Equipped with a camera, a monitor TV that displays the other party's video, and a head set for audio input / output
  • reception terminals 216, 226, ⁇ , the instructor mobile terminals 218, 228, ⁇ , the instructor terminal 410, and the home lesson terminal 300 access the Web server 102 of the foreign language lesson management server 100 to access lessons.
  • a browser is provided for confirming the application and the lessons set in the lesson table.
  • a school is provided with a plurality of schools where students attend classes and receive remote lessons, and a remote lesson center that provides remote lessons. You can freely program face-to-face lessons and remote lessons where you can receive lessons remotely via home videophone.
  • each school has a terminal for remote lessons, and if there are no teachers available in the school at the date and time desired by the students, they can connect to the remote lesson center and take lessons remotely.
  • Level 1 Has equal communication skills with native speakers. They can communicate with each other by understanding the cultural background of their vocabulary, which is rich in vocabulary and expressive. Even if there is a little anger, it will be confusing even if it is mistaken for a native speaker V
  • Level 2 Discuss using extremely accurate words. Have complex understanding and expressiveness to negotiate complex business negotiations. I don't buy or frustrate my partner who has a deep cultural understanding. Using the vocabulary similar to that of a native speaker, it is possible to make jokes and express them with a formal conversation.
  • Level 3 Grammar that does not interfere with daily conversations. The Z syntax can be used almost accurately, and you can speak while composing sentences logically. There is also a vocabulary that can deal with a wide range of topics in meetings and business talks. Has the ability to listen to logical contradictions in discussions and discuss with other people with different opinions. However, in the unfamiliar and complex 'abstract theme, Ru time to accurately represent the power 3 ⁇ 4 mosquitoes 3 ⁇ 4.
  • Level 5 In everyday and simple situations, you can understand and deal with the other party's purpose. Grammar and syntax are inaccurate, but I can manage it. You can continue the conversation by answering questions and adding explanations or listening back to words you don't know. Although it is broken, simple daily conversation is at some level. This is an immediate goal for beginners.
  • Level 6 If you are familiar with the topic, you can manage the conversation. When spoken slowly, the ability to answer in a simple short sentence tends to be a one-pattern expression. I can answer some questions, but it is difficult to talk to myself. There is a minimum conversation ability necessary for daily life and questions. The goal is to increase the vocabulary that can be used by stepping up the number of places.
  • Level 7A Uses as many vocabulary words that can be used in conversations as compared to 7B, and enables survival name communication to meet the minimum needs of daily conversation. There is a basic minimum vocabulary, and the ability to communicate somehow. In a conversation, you can speak only with simple word combinations and not in a sentence.
  • Level 7B Self-introduction can be introduced in a standard term. If you can speak easily and slowly, you can understand and answer “high” or “yes”. Because there is a lack of basic vocabulary, it is not possible to make a phrase that can be answered with words. The native language is often mixed with the spoken language of the other party. Level 7C: Cannot hear simple questions with too little experience of speaking with native speakers, and tends to clog up answers. Efforts to learn basic words such as basic vocabulary and greetings are necessary.
  • the level of the student is checked by the instructor at the time of the first enrollment, and the student who is recognized as improving the level in the course of the lesson is recommended by the instructor to take the level check. If you take a level check, the level will be updated from time to time and a curriculum tailored to the level of each student will be provided.
  • each lesson is divided into 7 zones of A strength G based on the registered student level.
  • the text used in the lesson is composed of a large number of units for each zone, and is designed so that it can be learned from any unit.
  • the units used in the lesson are recorded in the student's chart, and in the group lesson, unlearned units are automatically extracted for each student, and duplicate lessons are provided. Suppressed.
  • a student-specific medical record is issued to each student at the time of application so that each student can accurately grasp the acquisition status.
  • the medical record records the history of lessons that students have taken so far, and the level of improvement, weaknesses, strengths, and assignments are recorded by the instructor instructed for each lesson and reflected in the next lesson. I can do it.
  • the text unit used in each lesson is recorded, and is referred to in order to select a unit to be used in each lesson by the text selection process described later.
  • the medical record records the level check history that students have taken so far.
  • the result of the level judgment is recorded by the instructor, and the student's evaluation is filled in with 8 elements of foreign language communication ability, such as listening ability's sound, so that each person can acquire each ability in a well-balanced manner. Instructed by.
  • the entered level judgment results are referred to in order to confirm the level of each student when grouping students in the lesson setting process described later.
  • the medical records are referenced by the receptionist and instructor prior to the lesson, and students can see their own medical records if they wish.
  • Figure 2 shows an example of information recorded in the foreign language lesson management database.
  • the student information DB registers the student's personal information.
  • the lesson courses include special courses that strengthen week points, grammar-enhancing lessons, vocabulary-enhancing lessons, pronunciation-enhancing lessons, listening-enhancing lessons, and business professionals.
  • International business courses that can comprehensively acquire various vocabulary, expressions, business writing, business customs, etc., travel conversation courses that focus on short-term intensive lessons, and language certification tests Language exam preparation courses for people are provided, and you can apply by specifying the course and language at any time.
  • the lesson fee is based on a point system, and points purchased by students and bonus points from various campaigns are added and recorded as point information. When students apply for a lesson or join a free talk room At that time, a predetermined point is deducted from the student's point.
  • the personal information of the lecturer is registered in the lecturer information DB.
  • the instructor's hometown is registered in the instructor information, and in the instructor optimization process described below, there is a function that gives priority to selecting the instructor in the hometown where none of the students registered in each lesson has received instruction. Have.
  • individual medical records are registered, lesson history including the history of the evaluation and text used by the instructor who conducted the lesson, and level check history including the level judgment result by the instructor who performed the level check Is recorded.
  • Instructor schedule tables register attendance and attending schools for each instructor and refer to them in the lesson setting process described below.
  • the lesson table has face-to-face lessons and distance lessons.
  • the lesson frame is set in order of year, month, day, lesson time limit, the booth number used, the course, the language, the lesson type (group or private lesson), the set instructor, and the thread. Students (for group lessons), lesson zones (A to G;), usage text, etc. are registered.
  • a free talk frame is set for each school in order of year, month, day, and lesson time limit, and the booth number, language, lecturer in charge, theme, etc. used are registered.
  • Figure 3 shows an example of the student handling process.
  • students first receive membership registration.
  • a login screen (not shown) is displayed first (S10 02), and “Login” is selected. (S104), the entered ID and password are obtained to confirm whether or not the user is a regular registrant (S106). If the user is not a regular registrant, re-entry is requested (S108).
  • S110 a new registration screen (not shown) is displayed (S112).
  • S114 an ID and password are issued (S 116), the input information is acquired (S118), and the issued ⁇ password and the acquired input information are registered in the student information DB (S120).
  • a menu screen for student correspondence (not shown) is displayed (S130).
  • the student-friendly menu screen includes menus for students: “Application for lesson”, “Confirm reservation status”, “Confirm medical chart”, “Confirm free talk settings”, and “Confirm registration information”.
  • the lesson setting information reserved by the student is obtained from the lesson table, and the reserved lesson displaying the setting information of the reserved lesson is displayed.
  • the display screen (for students) is displayed (S1 44).
  • the reserved lesson display screen is the extracted lesson setting display screen (acceptance) in the later-described reception response process shown in FIG. If selected (S146), return to S132.
  • the medical chart information of the student is acquired from the medical chart DB, and a medical chart display screen as shown in FIG. 19 is displayed.
  • the lesson history field on the chart display screen displays the settings of the lessons you have taken so far, and the instructor's evaluation of the student's progress, weaknesses, strengths, and tasks in each lesson. It is displayed in the comment column (not shown).
  • students who have confirmed that their level has been improved by the instructor who conducted the lesson are recorded a recommendation for taking the level check, and a recommendation mark is displayed in the LC examination recommendation column.
  • the level check history field on the medical chart display screen displays the level check test records and level determination results taken so far, and is responsible for eight foreign language communication skills such as listening skills and pronunciation.
  • the evaluation by the instructor is displayed along with the bar chart in the comment field (not shown).
  • the chart confirmation screen has a “Display” button. By changing “Course” and “Language” and selecting “Display”, the contents of charts in other courses and other languages can also be confirmed. it can. Needless to say, “Student ID” automatically selects the ID of the student who requested the medical record check, and the student cannot select another student's ID. When “END” is selected on the chart display screen (S152), the process returns to S132.
  • Free talk setting display screen Is similar to the free talk setting display screen (acceptance) in the later-described acceptance handling process shown in FIG.
  • the free talk setting display screen displays the language, instructor, and the set theme for each lesson time limit.
  • the “Display theme” button is displayed in the theme column. When this button is selected, the themes posted so far are displayed along with the number of votes.
  • Each displayed theme has a selection button. Select one of the selection buttons, or in the case of a new proposal, enter the proposed theme and select the “Submit Theme” button. And post themes are registered (S16
  • the free talk setting display screen has a “display” button. By changing “school”, “boot number”, “date” and selecting “display”, other schools, other booths, You can check the settings for other dates.
  • “End” is selected on the free talk setting display screen (S162), the process returns to S132.
  • Figure 4 shows an example of the teacher support process.
  • a login screen (not shown) is displayed first (S202).
  • Login is selected (S204)
  • the entered ID and password are obtained to check whether or not the user is a regular registrant (S206). If the user is not a regular registrant, re-entry is requested (S208). ).
  • S210 a new registration screen (not shown) is displayed (S212).
  • Regular is selected (S214)
  • an ID and password are issued (S216).
  • the input information is acquired (S218), and the issued password and the acquired input information are registered in the lecturer information DB (S220).
  • the instructor-compatible menu screen includes “confirm instructor schedule” change, “confirm lesson settings”, “confirm free talk settings”, and “confirm registration information” as instructor menus.
  • the instructor's schedule information is obtained from the instructor schedule table, and the instructor schedule display screen as shown in FIG. 20 is displayed (S234). ).
  • the attendance and attendance location of the lecturer are displayed for each lesson time limit.
  • the instructor schedule display screen is displayed, the instructor schedule displayed in each lesson frame is corrected and “Register” is selected (S236), the correction contents are acquired, and the instructor schedule table is updated. (S238).
  • the lecturer schedule display screen has a “Display” button. By changing the “Lecturer ID” and “Year / Month” and selecting the “Display” button, the schedule and other dates of other lecturers are displayed. You can also check the schedule. However, as a general rule, the schedule of other teachers cannot be changed.
  • “Exit” is selected on the lecturer schedule display screen (S240), the process returns to S232.
  • the free talk table power free talk room setting information is acquired, and the free talk setting display screen (instructor compatible) is displayed (S250).
  • the free talk setting display screen (for lecturer) is the same as the free talk setting display screen (for reception) in the acceptance handling process described later shown in FIG.
  • the theme field displays a “Theme Display” button until the theme is determined. When this button is selected, the themes that have been posted so far are displayed along with the number of votes. Enter a suggested theme and select the “Submit Theme” button By selecting, you can propose a new theme.
  • the theme in the free talk frame is determined and registered in the free talk table (S254).
  • the free talk theme is determined, the set theme is displayed in the theme field of the free talk setting display screen.
  • the free talk setting display screen has a “display” button. By changing “school”, “booth number”, “date” and selecting “display”, other schools, other booths, You can check the free talk room settings for other dates.
  • “End” is selected on the free talk setting display screen (S256), the process returns to S132.
  • Each school receptionist receives phone calls from students to register and change student information, make lesson reservations, change teachers, and register instructor information after receiving phone calls from teachers- You can make changes, register your instructor schedule, change your instructor's schedule on the day of the lesson, guide your lessons to the instructor and students, and respond to various consultations. 216, 226, ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ Power Access the Web server 102 of the foreign language lesson management server 100, and register "student information", “teacher information”, “lesson reservation”, and “listen setting check”. Power provided with reception processing that can perform “change” and “confirmation of medical records” Since this is the same as the above-mentioned student processing and instructor processing, description thereof will be omitted.
  • An example of a lesson setting display screen (acceptance) displayed at the reception terminal is shown in FIG. 17, and an example of a free talk setting display screen (acceptance) is shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 5 shows an embodiment of the lesson frame generation process. This is a process of opening a lesson frame in the lesson table based on the instructor's schedule before a certain period of lesson days, and is started at a certain time every day, and a lesson frame for the day ahead of a certain period is generated.
  • the lesson table for a certain period ahead is opened (S302).
  • the instructor schedule table to search for available instructors who are scheduled to work at the school, and if there is an instructor, Generate a frame, select a face-to-face lesson booth to be used for the lesson, and register the selected booth number and the corresponding instructor in the lesson frame (S304).
  • the lesson frame generation process is terminated.
  • lesson slots are opened 4 weeks before the lesson day.
  • FIG. 6 shows an example of the free talk frame generation process. This is a process of opening a free talk frame in the free talk table a certain period before the day when the free talk room is opened. It is started every day at a certain time, and a free talk frame for a certain period ahead is generated as shown in the figure.
  • the free talk table for the day after a certain period is first opened (S322).
  • the instructor schedule table to search for instructors who are scheduled to attend the school and are available, and there is a corresponding instructor.
  • a free talk frame is generated, a free talk booth to be used for the lesson is selected, and the selected booth number and the corresponding instructor are registered in the free talk frame (S324).
  • S324 When this is completed for all lesson time periods for establishing free talks (S326), and for all schools for establishing free talk rooms (S328), the free talk frame generation process is terminated.
  • the free talk frame is executed 4 weeks before the opening date of the free talk room.
  • the ability to generate lesson frames by creating a lesson frame If the instructor in charge of the free talk room is excluded in advance when generating the lesson frame, the lesson frame may be generated first.
  • FIGS. 7 to 9 show an embodiment of the lesson setting process. As shown in the figure, accepting an application for student lessons, obtaining the course, language, desired date, desired lesson time limit, lesson form, availability of remote lessons (S402), and performing the following processing until the application is completed Repeat (S404).
  • a level is acquired with reference to the student's medical record (S406).
  • the registration information of the lesson time limit of the desired date is extracted from the lesson table of the student's school (S408). If the acquired lesson form is a group lesson (S409), check whether there is a lesson frame that contains students in the same zone as the student level (S410). It is confirmed whether there is a vacant seat in the lesson frame (S412). If there is a vacant seat, the student is registered in the lesson frame (S414).
  • the lesson form acquired in S409 is a private lesson
  • the student is registered in the unregistered lesson frame (S418).
  • S416 if there is no unregistered lesson frame, check whether the acquired remote lesson is available (S420), and if yes, check whether the remote lesson terminal is empty (S422). If there is space, the registration information for the lesson time limit on the desired date is obtained from the lesson table of the remote lesson (S424), and it is determined whether the student can be registered in the same way (S426).
  • the student is registered in the remote lesson lesson table (S428), and the remote lesson frame is generated on the remote lesson terminal in the lesson table of the student's school (S430).
  • a lesson frame for remote lessons is added at the school, and it is possible to respond flexibly even if the load is concentrated.
  • the remote lesson is not possible in S420, if the remote lesson terminal is empty in S422, or if it is not possible to register in the remote lesson lesson table in S426, the request will be made from the lesson table in the area school.
  • the registration information of the lesson time of the year / month / day is acquired (S440).
  • Check (S442), and if it exists, delete the lesson frame for the travel time in the lesson table of the area school, and The lesson frame after the Sun period is transferred to the lesson frame of the student's school (S444).
  • the lesson optimization process is a lecturer movement minimization process (S520) that minimizes instructor movement, and a student combination optimization process that optimizes student combinations in group lessons (S540). And an instruction instructor optimization process (S57 0) for optimizing the instructor to be instructed.
  • the lesson optimization is preferably done as soon as possible before the lesson time, but it is actually done the day before because there are issues with teacher preparation and student notification.
  • FIG. 11 shows an embodiment of the lecturer movement minimization process.
  • a lesson table for the next day of each school is acquired (S522).
  • a lecturer set to move between schools is extracted as a target lecturer (S524). If the target instructor is extracted (S526), the lesson is set in the target lesson frame where the corresponding instructor is set to the lesson, and the lesson is set.
  • the replacement lecturer is extracted (S528). If a replacement instructor is extracted (S530), each extracted replacement instructor is registered in each target lesson frame (S532).
  • the lesson frame for the time period after the move is reset in the lesson table of the school before the move of the target lecturer (S534).
  • the above processing is repeated from S528 until all the instructors are completed (S536). If the target instructor was not extracted in S526, and no replacement instructor was extracted for any contrast lesson frame in S530. If so, the instructor movement minimization process is terminated.
  • FIG. 12 shows an example of the student combination optimization process.
  • a lesson table for the next day of each school is acquired (S542).
  • the average level of the registered students is determined for each lesson frame for which group lessons are set (S544), and the student whose level is far from the average level for the source lesson frame to be moved is determined.
  • the source student is extracted (S548), the average level of lesson frames that have the same lesson time and group lessons is within the range of the source student level that was extracted.
  • the closest lesson frame is extracted as the destination lesson frame (S550). If the destination lesson frame has been extracted (S552) and there is an empty seat in the destination lesson frame (S554), the source student is moved to the destination lesson frame (S556).
  • S 554 if there is no vacant seat in the destination lesson frame, among the students registered in the destination lesson frame, they are within a certain range and closest to the average level of the source lesson frame A student is extracted as a destination student (S558).
  • the destination student is extracted (S560)
  • the source student and destination student are exchanged (S562). If it is determined in S552 that the movement destination frame has not been extracted, or if the movement destination student has not been extracted in S560, the process proceeds to S564, and the process is repeated from S550 until all the movement source students are completed. If the source student is not extracted in S548, the process goes to S568, and the process is repeated from S542 until the end of all the school.
  • the average level of the student is more than a certain level, for example, if the average level of the destination is within a certain range with respect to the level of the source student, for example, less than 1 There may be some cases.
  • a group lesson is set.
  • For each lesson frame refer to each registered student's medical record to obtain information on the text used so far, extract students whose text matches less than a certain range, extract the same lesson time limit
  • a process may be provided in which students registered between lesson frames in the same zone are replaced so that the match of the text used for the students in each lesson frame exceeds a certain range.
  • the degree of freedom of text selection which will be described later, is increased, and a more appropriate curriculum can be selected for each student.
  • Fig. 13 shows an example of the tutor optimization process.
  • a lesson table for the next day of each school is acquired (S572).
  • the lesson frame corresponding to a certain student more than a certain frequency within a certain period of time as a registered lesson frame for any student Extract (S574).
  • a target lesson frame (S576), for any student who is available for the same lesson time limit as the target lesson frame and has no lessons set, However, instructors who do not support a certain frequency within a certain period are extracted (S578). If the corresponding instructor is extracted (S580), the shortest response period or the highest response frequency is obtained for each student registered in the target lesson frame for the extracted instructor.
  • the process goes to S594 and repeats the process from S572 until all schools are completed (S594).
  • each student who takes a lesson can receive guidance from a lecturer who does not respond to a certain frequency within a certain period of time in principle. it can.
  • a certain period includes the same day
  • a certain frequency includes two times, and includes making sure that the same instructor does not respond on the same day.
  • each student is referred to by referring to the student's medical record registered in each lesson frame based on the birthplace information recorded in the lecturer information DB. If the registered instructor's hometown is a V or a student who has a corresponding frequency of a certain frequency within a certain period of time Similarly, instructors from the same hometown may not respond more than a certain frequency within a certain period.
  • FIG. 14 shows an example of the text selection process. This text selection process makes it possible for each group lesson set up in the lesson table to select grouped! / And unstudents to select unlearned text. The same lesson is not repeatedly provided. This process is started after the above-described student combination optimization process is completed.
  • a lesson table for the next day of each school is acquired (S602).
  • the unit selected by the instructor is registered in the lesson table (S610), and the text selection process is completed.
  • Unit selection by the instructor is performed by selecting the text field in the lesson setting display (Fig. 21) displayed when "Confirm lesson setting" is selected from the instructor menu screen in the instructor handling process described above. . If the text selection has not been completed, it will be displayed as not set as shown in the figure, and by selecting the relevant part, the text selection screen as shown in Fig. 22 will be displayed. The power to choose the right one Or select another unit at the discretion of the instructor and select the “OK” button to register the selected unit in the lesson table and display the selection result on the lesson setting display screen.
  • the text selection process as described above prevents the same lesson from being provided in a group lesson and can set an appropriate curriculum according to each student's improvement.
  • the unlearned unit is automatically extracted for all grouped students, and the instructor selects the unit to be used by referring to the extraction result.
  • the unit to be used is automatically selected from the learning units, and the instructor may determine and select only when there is no unlearned unit. You can select the lowest numbered unit from unlearned units or randomly select it.
  • Figure 15 shows an example of the level management process.
  • a student who is recognized as having improved in level by the instructor who conducted the lesson is issued a recommendation for taking a level check. It is recorded in the te.
  • the instructors in the free talk frame were selected because the level check is relatively short, and the meaning of the free talk room is not impaired if it is a temporary center.
  • the foreign language lesson management server 100 comprehensively manages a plurality of schools where students go to school and receive lessons, and the lesson setting process is performed for lessons from students.
  • the application has been explained for the case where there is no instructor who can accommodate the lesson frame that has not been set at the school, and the application has a function to transfer lesson frames from other schools within a certain area.
  • the invention is not limited to this, and the effect of the present invention can be achieved even if a lesson is set for a single school.
  • the foreign language lesson management server 100 comprehensively includes a school where students attend school and receive lessons, and a remote lesson center 400 that receives lessons remotely using home-powered videophones.
  • the power described as being managed The present invention is not limited to this, and may be merely for managing the school.
  • a remote lesson terminal is provided in the school where the student attends the lesson and connects to the remote lesson center to receive the lesson remotely at the school, and the lesson setting process is the application of the lesson from the student.
  • the present invention is not limited to this. The effect of the present invention can be obtained even if it is only for face-to-face lessons.
  • lesson frames are generated by the lesson frame generation process for the number of instructors that can be accommodated before a certain period of the lesson day, and the lesson setting process is used to reduce the student's ability level.
  • the lesson frame generation process that generates a lesson frame in advance is not limited to this.
  • the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the lesson frame may be generated in response to a lesson application from a student. That is, as lesson setting processing, the student ability also accepts lesson application, obtains the desired date and time of the lesson, obtains the level of the student by referring to the medical record, and acquires the level acquired at the obtained desired date and time of the lesson table.
  • a lesson frame is created in which students in the same zone as the level acquired at the desired date and time of the table are registered, or even if a lesson frame is generated, a predetermined number of students are registered in the lesson frame. Can be accommodated to the desired date and time obtained by referring to the instructor schedule table and registered in any lesson frame. , Do, when instructor is present, generates a new record listens frame lesson table, be registered in the relevant students and the instructor and the new booth the effect of Yogu present invention.
  • the power of deciding the timetable of the lesson and setting the lesson by obtaining the date and the lesson time limit as the desired date and time It is a concept that includes specifying the date and lesson time.
  • the lesson setting process has been described as setting the lesson by obtaining the desired lesson date and time from the student.
  • the effect of the present invention can be obtained by selecting from the above.
  • the lesson frame generation process generates a lesson frame for the lesson table by specifying a booth number in a time zone that the instructor can handle by referring to the instructor schedule table before a certain period of the lesson day.
  • the lesson setting process accepts a lesson application from a student, obtains the student's level by referring to the medical record, and there is a lesson frame in which students in the same zone as the level acquired are registered in the lesson table Because When a fixed number of students are registered, the lesson frame and the unregistered lesson frame are presented as acceptable lesson frames, and the lesson frame selected by the student from the displayed lesson frames is displayed. The effect of the present invention can be obtained even if the student is registered.
  • the lesson optimization process has been described as including a lesson movement minimization process, a student union optimization process, and an instructor optimization process. Needless to say, some functions may be provided.
  • the instructor to be reset may be optimized by referring to the force free talk table that refers only to the lesson table. Needless to say.
  • the instructor who conducted the lesson records the recommendation for taking the level check in the student's chart where improvement in level is recognized, and the instructor who performed the level check records in the student's chart.
  • the level judgment results it is not necessary to record the level in the power chart, which is explained as grouping according to the improvement of the student's level in the lesson setting.
  • the effect of the present invention can be obtained even if the instructor who conducted the lesson judges the level and records the current level in the medical record.
  • the free talk table for establishing the free talk room may be generated in the lesson table as the power free talk table described as being provided separately from the lesson table.
  • the lecturer set up for the lesson and the instructor in charge of the free talk room can be handled in a unified manner simply by referring to the lesson table.
  • the instructor set in the free talk frame can also be reset at the same time.

Landscapes

  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Entrepreneurship & Innovation (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Educational Administration (AREA)
  • Educational Technology (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Electrically Operated Instructional Devices (AREA)
  • Management, Administration, Business Operations System, And Electronic Commerce (AREA)

Abstract

To provide a small class size of lesson, in which the teacher is a native speaker, at a date and time that the students desire, and further provide an appropriate curriculum that is suitable for improving the level of each of the students and that is inexpensive. A foreign language lesson operating/managing server has a chart that records the current language skill level of each student and also records the history of the texts used so far by each student. The server provides, in response to applications of lessons from students, a lesson setting process having functions of grouping students, whose levels are within particular ranges, and of setting lessons for them, and a text selecting process having a function of selecting such units of the texts used in the particular ranges that none of the students have learned yet, thereby appropriately setting lessons that are suitable for improving the levels of the respective students, and further providing appropriate curriculums to the respective students. The server also provides a lesson optimizing process in which a combination of the teacher and students is re-arranged immediately before a lesson day, and further provides a level managing process in which the levels of the respective students are precisely determined and recorded.

Description

外国語レッスン運営管理システムおよび外国語レッスン運営管理方法 技術分野  Foreign language lesson management system and foreign language lesson management method
[0001] この発明は、ネイティブスピーカを講師とした少人数制の外国語レッスンを運営管 理する外国語レッスン運営管理システムおよび外国語レッスン運営管理方法に関す る。  [0001] The present invention relates to a foreign language lesson operation management system and a foreign language lesson operation management method for operating and managing a small number of foreign language lessons with native speakers as lecturers.
背景技術  Background art
[0002] 国際交流の進展により外国語教育の必要性は年々増大しており、外国語会話を教 えるスクールの需要が急拡大して 、る。  [0002] With the progress of international exchange, the need for foreign language education is increasing year by year, and the demand for schools that teach foreign language conversations is rapidly expanding.
このような外国語会話の学習においては、言語によって使用される周波数帯域の 違いや独特の発音'イントネーションがあるため、ネイティブスピーカの英語を繰り返 し、たくさん、聞き'話すことで脳の言語野を活性化させることが重要となる。  In learning foreign languages like this, there are differences in the frequency band used by each language and unique pronunciation 'intonation'. It is important to activate.
また、ナチュラルスピードの会話についていけるようにするためには、生徒に母国語 を一切使わせず、外国語を外国語で考える習慣を見につけさせる「ダイレクトメソッド」 によって、翻訳癖を直す必要がある。  Also, in order to be able to keep up with natural speed conversations, it is necessary to correct the translation habits by using the “direct method” that allows students to find out the habit of thinking in a foreign language without using their native language. .
これらのためには、講義形式のような一方通行のレッスンではなぐ会話が成り立つ 人数でのレッスンを行うことが重要であり、ひとつの話題に全員が参加でき、一人一 人がしつ力りと会話に参加できる少人数でのレッスンが求められる。  For these reasons, it is important to conduct lessons with the number of people who can have conversations in a one-way lesson, such as a lecture format, so that everyone can participate in one topic and each one is enthusiastic. A small group of lessons that can participate in conversation is required.
[0003] このため、発明者は、交通の便のよい全国の主要な駅前等に外国語スクールを設 け、ネイティブスピーカを講師とし、講師一人に対して生徒が 3〜4人の少人数制の 外国語レッスンを実施する「駅前留学」(登録商標) t ヽぅサービスを先駆けて提供し てきた。 [0003] For this reason, the inventor has established a foreign language school in front of major stations in the country where transportation is convenient, with a native speaker as a lecturer, and a small group of 3-4 students per lecturer. “Study in front of the station” (registered trademark) t ヽ ぅ service has been pioneered.
このような外国語の学習にお 、ては、生徒は 、つでも好きなときにレッスンを受ける ことができ、生徒のレベルに沿った適切なカリキュラムが提供されることが求められる また、ネイティブスピーカを講師とした少人数制の外国語レッスンを低価格で提供 するためには、限られた優秀なネイティブスピーカの講師に対して生徒が希望する日 時に合わせて効率的にレッスンを設定することが求められる。 In such foreign language learning, students are required to be able to take lessons whenever they want and to be provided with an appropriate curriculum according to their level. In order to provide low-priced foreign language lessons with teachers at low prices, students wish to have limited native speaker teachers. It is required to set lessons efficiently in time.
[0004] 特許文献 1 :特開 2003— 255815号公報  [0004] Patent Document 1: JP 2003-255815 A
特許文献 2:特開 2003 - 36017号公報  Patent Document 2: JP 2003-36017 A
発明の開示  Disclosure of the invention
発明が解決しょうとする課題  Problems to be solved by the invention
[0005] し力しながら、従来の外国語スクールでは、レベル別にクラスを設け、各クラス毎に 一定期間のレッスンを設定し、あら力じめ生徒の組合せを固定化してレッスンを行つ ていたので、生徒はレッスンの日時を自由に選択することができな力つた。  [0005] However, in conventional foreign language schools, classes were set according to level, lessons for a certain period were set for each class, and the lessons were fixed and the combination of students fixed. So the students were able to choose the date and time of the lesson freely.
また、レッスン期間中は各クラス毎に学習するカリキュラムは固定化されており、理 解して ヽな 、生徒が!/ヽてもレッスンはどんどん進み、マスターして!/、る生徒が!/ヽても力 リキュラムに合わせる必要があること、欠席した場合にはそのクラスにぉ 、て再度履修 できないこと、レベルが向上しても一定期間は次のクラスに移ることができないことな ど、個々の生徒にとって必ずしも効果的なレッスンにならないという問題があった。  Also, during the lesson period, the curriculum to be studied for each class is fixed, and it is understood that the students are obsessed with! The lessons will continue to progress and master! Even if there is a need, it is necessary to adapt to the curriculum. There was a problem that it was not necessarily an effective lesson for students.
[0006] 一方、レベル別に設定された少人数のクラスに対して、生徒がレッスンの日時を自 由に選択できるようにすると、必ずしも同じレベルの生徒が同じ日時にレッスンを希望 するとは限らないので、定員に満たないクラスが多発し、結果的に低価格でレッスン を提供することが困難になるという問題があった。このことは、特に、密度の高いレツス ンを提供するためにレベルを細分ィ匕した場合にぉ 、て問題となる。  [0006] On the other hand, if a student can freely select a lesson date and time for a small class set for each level, students at the same level do not necessarily want to have lessons at the same date and time. However, there were many classes that did not have enough capacity, and as a result, it was difficult to provide lessons at a low price. This is especially a problem when the levels are subdivided to provide a dense less than.
また、一連のレッスンを通じてレベルアップを図っていく外国語レッスンにおいては 、生徒がレッスンの日時を自由に選択できるようにすると、各レッスンにおいて生徒毎 にこれまでに学習した内容が異なるため、一部の生徒にとっては既に学習した内容 の繰り返しになったり、レベルの向上の著しい生徒にとっては最早そのクラスでレツス ンすることが適切でない場合が生ずるなど、必ずしも生徒一人一人にとって適切な力 リキュラムが提供されな 、と 、う問題があった。  In addition, in foreign language lessons that improve the level through a series of lessons, if students can freely select the date and time of the lessons, the content learned so far will differ for each lesson. For some students, it is possible to repeat what they have already learned, and for students who have made significant progress, it may no longer be appropriate to learn in that class. There was a problem.
[0007] 特許文献 1には、ネットワークを利用した学習支援システムが開示され、あらかじめ 登録された受講者条件と講師側条件とから受講者の条件に合致する講師を検索し、 ネットワークを介して当該受講者の端末と当該講師の端末とを接続することで個別指 導または少人数講義を行うことが記載されており、受講者は希望する日時に希望す る条件の講師力もの講義を受けることができるが、受講者があらかじめ登録した条件 のみによって受講する受講者が決定されるので、少人数講義において必ずしも一定 のレベルの生徒が組み合わされるとは限らず、外国語レッスンに適用した場合に円 滑なレッスンを実施できな 、場合が生ずる。 [0007] Patent Literature 1 discloses a learning support system using a network, and searches for a lecturer that matches a student's condition from pre-registered student conditions and a teacher's condition, and the relevant network via the network. It is described that individual instruction or small-scale lectures will be given by connecting the student's terminal and the instructor's terminal. However, since students are only determined based on conditions registered in advance by students, a certain level of students may not be combined in a small class. When applied to a foreign language lesson, there are cases where smooth lessons cannot be implemented.
また、密度の高いレッスンを提供するためにレベルを細分ィ匕した場合に、定員割れ によって低価格のレッスンを提供することが困難となる問題や、組合わされた生徒毎 に学習内容が異なることによって生徒一人一人に適切なカリキュラムが提供されない 問題も解決されていない。  In addition, when the level is divided to provide high-density lessons, it becomes difficult to provide low-priced lessons due to the lack of capacity, and the learning content differs for each combined student. The problem of not providing an appropriate curriculum for each student has not been solved.
[0008] 特許文献 2には、特許文献 1と同様に、受講者側条件と講師側条件を照合して受 講予約が行われるネットワーク型遠隔学習システムが開示され、コーディネータによ つて各受講者のレベルを判定し、その判定結果に基づ ヽて講師端末に表示される 受講者の配置を変更したり、クラス編成を行うことが記載されているが、これはレッスン が開始された後に、レベル判定用のテスト問題が配布され、受講者の回答が自動集 計されてクラス編成が行われるものであり、外国語レッスンのように個別に受講生と対 話してレベルを判定する必要がある場合には適用できない。また、レッスン毎に多数 の受講生を募集した上でレベル編成を行うことになるので、一連のレッスンを通じてレ ベルアップを図っていく学習形態には適さず、極めて効率の悪いレッスン形態となる また、前述のように、密度の高いレッスンを提供するためにレベルを細分ィ匕した場 合に定員割れによって低価格のレッスンを提供することが困難となる問題や、組合わ された生徒毎に学習内容が異なることによって生徒一人一人に適切なカリキュラムが 提供されない問題も解決されて ヽな ヽ。  [0008] As in Patent Document 1, Patent Document 2 discloses a network-type remote learning system in which a student-side condition and a lecturer-side condition are collated and a course reservation is made, and each student receives a coordinator. It is described that the student's level is determined and the placement of the students displayed on the instructor's terminal is changed based on the result of the determination or the class is organized. Test questions for level judgment are distributed, students' answers are automatically collected and class formation is performed, and it is necessary to judge the level by individually speaking with students like a foreign language lesson Not applicable in some cases. In addition, since the level is organized after recruiting a large number of students for each lesson, it is not suitable for a learning form that aims to level up through a series of lessons, and it becomes a very inefficient lesson form. As mentioned above, when subdividing the level to provide dense lessons, it becomes difficult to provide low-priced lessons due to the lack of capacity, or learning for each combined student The problem of not providing the appropriate curriculum to each student due to the difference in content has been solved.
[0009] それゆえに、本願発明の目的は、ネイティブスピーカを講師とする少人数制のレツ スンを生徒の希望する日時に提供でき、かつ生徒一人一人のレベルの向上に合わ せた適切なカリキュラムを低価格で提供できるようにすることである。 [0009] Therefore, the object of the present invention is to provide a small-sized system with a native speaker as an instructor at the date and time desired by the student, and to provide an appropriate curriculum tailored to improve the level of each student. It is to be able to provide at a low price.
課題を解決するための手段  Means for solving the problem
[0010] 上記課題を解決するために、この発明の外国語レッスン運営管理システムは、ネィ ティブスピーカを講師とし、語学力のレベルが一定のゾーンにある少人数の生徒をグ ルービングして外国語レッスンを実施する外国語レッスン運営管理システムであって 、生徒毎に生成され、当該生徒の現在の語学力のレベルとこれまでに学習されたテ キストの履歴を含むレッスン履歴が記録されるカルテと、講師のスケジュールが登録 される講師スケジュールテーブルと、レッスン枠が生成され、所定人数の生徒と指導 する講師と使用するブースの番号とが登録されるレッスンテーブルとを備え、生徒か らレッスンの申込みを受付け、レッスンの希望日時を取得する機能と、前記カルテを 参照して当該生徒のレベルを取得する機能と、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得さ れた希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録されたレツス ン枠が生成されて 、る場合であって、当該レッスン枠に所定人数の生徒が登録され ていない場合に、当該レッスン枠に当該生徒を登録する機能と、前記レッスンテープ ルの前記取得された希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が 登録されたレッスン枠が生成されて 、な 、かまたは生成されて ヽても当該レッスン枠 に所定人数の生徒が登録されて ヽる場合であって、講師スケジュールテーブルを参 照して前記取得された希望日時に対応可能であっていずれのレッスン枠にも登録さ れて 、な 、講師が存在する場合に、前記レッスンテーブルに新たなレッスン枠を生 成し、当該生徒と当該講師と新規のブース番号とを登録する機能とを有するレッスン 設定手段と、前記レッスンテーブルに生成された各レッスン枠について、当該レツス ン枠に登録された生徒によって定まるゾーンにおいて使用するテキストのうち当該レ ッスン枠に登録されたいずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットを抽出して選定する機能 と、レッスンにおいて使用されたユニットをカルテに記録する機能とを有するテキスト 選定手段とを備えたものである。 [0010] In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the foreign language lesson management system of the present invention uses a native speaker as a lecturer and groups a small number of students in a zone where the level of language ability is constant. A foreign language lesson management system that conducts foreign language lessons by rubbing. A lesson history is generated for each student and includes the current level of language ability of the student and the history of the texts learned so far. Students are provided with a medical record to be recorded, a lecturer schedule table in which the instructor's schedule is registered, and a lesson table in which a lesson frame is generated and a predetermined number of students, the instructor to instruct and the booth number to be used are registered A function for receiving a lesson application and obtaining the desired date and time of the lesson, a function for obtaining the level of the student with reference to the medical record, and the obtained date and time of the lesson table. When a lesson frame is created in which students in the same zone as the level are registered, a predetermined number of students are included in the lesson frame. When a student is not registered, a function for registering the student in the lesson frame and a lesson frame in which students in the same zone as the acquired level at the acquired desired date and time of the lesson table are registered. If a certain number of students are registered in the corresponding lesson frame even if it is generated, it corresponds to the desired date and time obtained by referring to the instructor schedule table. If it is possible and registered in any lesson frame, and there is an instructor, a new lesson frame is created in the lesson table and the student, the instructor and a new booth number are registered. Lesson setting means having a function to perform and a lesson frame generated in the lesson table in a zone determined by the students registered in the lesson frame. Text selection means that has the function to extract and select units that are unlearned by any student registered in the lesson frame and to record the units used in the lesson in the chart It is equipped with.
この発明によれば、各生徒別に現在の語学力のレベルが記録されたカルテが発行 され、レッスン設定手段により、生徒からのレッスンの申込みを受付け、講師スケジュ ールテーブルを参照して生徒が希望する日時に対応可能な講師が存在する場合に レッスン枠が設定され、レベルが一定のゾーンにある生徒がグルーピングされるので 、各生徒はレベルの向上に合わせて常に適切な生徒とグルーピングされるとともに、 定員に満たないレッスンが設定されることが少なくなり、低価格で良質なレッスンが提 供される。 尚、生徒の現在のレベルについては、レッスン終了後に講師が各生徒のレベルを 判定してレベルの向上があればカルテに記録されたレベルを適宜更新するようにし てもよぐ後述のようにレベルが向上したと認められる生徒に対して別途レベルチエツ クを行 、、その判定結果をカルテに記録するようにしてもょ 、。 According to the present invention, a chart in which the current level of language ability is recorded for each student is issued, the lesson setting means accepts a lesson application from the student, and refers to the instructor schedule table to the date and time desired by the student. When there is a teacher who can handle the lesson, a lesson frame is set and students in a certain level zone are grouped, so each student is always grouped with the appropriate students as the level improves, Lessons less than 3 are rarely set, and good quality lessons are offered at a low price. As for the current level of students, the instructor will determine the level of each student after the lesson and if the level is improved, the level recorded in the chart may be updated as appropriate. A separate level check may be conducted for students who are found to have improved, and the results of the judgment recorded in the chart.
また、カルテには、各生徒がこれまでのレッスンにおいて学習したテキストの履歴が 記録され、テキスト選定手段により、グルーピングされた生徒によって定まるゾーンに おいて使用されるテキストのうち、いずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットが抽出され、 これに基づいてレッスンにおいて使用するユニットが決定されるので、生徒にとって 既に学習済みのレッスンが繰り返して提供されることが抑制され、生徒一人一人のレ ベルの向上にあわせた適切なカリキュラムが提供される。  In addition, the medical record records the history of the texts that each student has learned in previous lessons, and the text selection means does not identify any of the texts used in the zones determined by the grouped students. Units that are learning are extracted and the units to be used in the lesson are determined based on the extracted units. This prevents the students from repeatedly providing lessons that have already been learned and improves the level of each student. A suitable curriculum is provided.
この発明の外国語レッスン運営管理システムは、ネイティブスピーカを講師とし、語 学力のレベルが一定のゾーンにある少人数の生徒をグルーピングして外国語レツス ンを実施する外国語レッスン運営管理システムであって、生徒毎に生成され、当該生 徒の現在の語学力のレベルとこれまでに学習されたテキストの履歴を含むレッスン履 歴が記録されるカルテと、講師のスケジュールが登録される講師スケジュールテープ ルと、レッスン枠が生成され、所定人数の生徒と指導する講師と使用するブースの番 号とが登録されるレッスンテーブルとを備え、前記レッスンテーブルに対して、レツス ン日の一定期間前に、前記講師スケジュールテーブルを参照して講師が対応可能 な時間帯にレッスン枠を生成し、当該生成されたレッスン枠に当該講師を登録する機 能を有するレッスン枠生成手段と、生徒力 レッスンの申込みを受付け、レッスンの希 望日時を取得する機能と、前記カルテを参照して当該生徒のレベルを取得する機能 と、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得された希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同 一ゾーンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が存在する場合であって、当該レッスン 枠に所定人数の生徒が登録されていない場合に、当該レッスン枠に当該生徒を登録 する機能と、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得された希望日時に前記取得されたレ ベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が存在しないかまたは存在して いても当該レッスン枠に所定人数の生徒が登録されている場合であって、生徒が未 登録のレッスン枠が存在する場合に、当該未登録のレッスン枠に当該生徒を登録す る機能とを有するレッスン設定手段と、前記レッスンテーブルに生成された各レッスン 枠について、当該レッスン枠に登録された生徒によって定まるゾーンにおいて使用す るテキストのうち当該レッスン枠に登録されたいずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットを 抽出して選定する機能と、レッスンにおいて使用されたユニットをカルテに記録する 機能とを有するテキスト選定手段とを備えたものである。 The foreign language lesson management system according to the present invention is a foreign language lesson management system in which a native speaker is a lecturer and a small number of students in a zone with a certain level of language ability are grouped to implement a foreign language lesson. A tutor schedule tape that is created for each student and records the lesson history including the current level of language skills of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, and the instructor schedule And a lesson table in which a lesson frame is generated and a predetermined number of students, an instructor to instruct, and a booth number to be used are registered. , Refer to the lecturer schedule table and generate a lesson frame in a time slot that the instructor can handle, A lesson frame generation means having a function of registering the instructor, a function of accepting an application for a student lesson and acquiring a desired date and time of the lesson, a function of acquiring the level of the student by referring to the medical record, There is a lesson frame in which students in the same zone as the acquired level are registered at the acquired desired date and time of the lesson table, and a predetermined number of students are not registered in the lesson frame In this case, the function for registering the student in the lesson frame and the lesson frame in which the student in the same zone as the acquired level at the acquired desired date and time of the lesson table does not exist or do not exist. Even if a certain number of students are registered in the lesson frame, and there are unregistered lesson frames, To register the students in the lesson frame For each lesson frame generated in the lesson table, any student registered in the lesson frame out of the text used in the zone determined by the student registered in the lesson frame. The text selection means has the function to extract and select unlearned units and to record the units used in the lesson in the medical record.
[0013] この発明によれば、各生徒別に現在の語学力のレベルが記録されたカルテが発行 され、レッスン枠生成手段により、レッスン日の一定期間前に講師スケジュールテー ブルを参照して講師が対応可能な時間帯にレッスン枠が生成され、レッスン設定手 段により、生徒からのレッスンの申込みを受付け、生徒が希望する日時のレッスン枠 にレベルが一定のゾーンにある生徒がグルーピングされて登録されるので、各生徒 はレベルの向上に合わせて常に適切な生徒とグルーピングされるとともに、定員に満 たないレッスンが設定されることが少なくなり、低価格で良質なレッスンが提供される。 尚、生徒の現在のレベルについては、レッスン終了後に講師が各生徒のレベルを 判定してレベルの向上があればカルテに記録されたレベルを適宜更新するようにし てもよぐ後述のようにレベルが向上したと認められる生徒に対して別途レベルチエツ クを行 、、その判定結果をカルテに記録するようにしてもょ 、。  [0013] According to the present invention, a medical record in which the current level of language ability is recorded for each student is issued, and the lesson frame generation means refers to the instructor schedule table for a certain period before the lesson day, and the instructor Lesson frames are generated during available hours, lesson setting means accept lesson applications from students, and students in a certain level zone are grouped and registered in the lesson frames at the date and time desired by the students. As a result, each student is always grouped with the appropriate students as the level improves, and less-than-capacity lessons are lessened, and high-quality lessons are offered at a low price. As for the current level of students, the instructor will determine the level of each student after the lesson and if the level is improved, the level recorded in the chart may be updated as appropriate. A separate level check may be conducted for students who are found to have improved, and the results of the judgment recorded in the chart.
また、カルテには、各生徒がこれまでのレッスンにおいて学習したテキストの履歴が 記録され、テキスト選定手段により、グルーピングされた生徒によって定まるゾーンに おいて使用されるテキストのうち、いずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットが抽出され、 これに基づいてレッスンにおいて使用するユニットが決定されるので、生徒にとって 既に学習済みのレッスンが繰り返して提供されることが抑制され、生徒一人一人のレ ベルの向上にあわせた適切なカリキュラムが提供される。  In addition, the medical record records the history of the texts that each student has learned in previous lessons, and the text selection means does not identify any of the texts used in the zones determined by the grouped students. Units that are learning are extracted and the units to be used in the lesson are determined based on the extracted units. This prevents the students from repeatedly providing lessons that have already been learned and improves the level of each student. A suitable curriculum is provided.
[0014] この発明の外国語レッスン運営管理システムは、ネイティブスピーカを講師とし、語 学力のレベルが一定のゾーンにある少人数の生徒をグルーピングして外国語レツス ンを実施する外国語レッスン運営管理システムであって、生徒毎に生成され、当該生 徒の現在の語学力のレベルとこれまでに学習されたテキストの履歴を含むレッスン履 歴が記録されるカルテと、講師のスケジュールが登録される講師スケジュールテープ ルと、レッスン枠が生成され、所定人数の生徒と指導する講師と使用するブースの番 号とが登録されるレッスンテーブルとを備え、前記レッスンテーブルに対して、レツス ン日の一定期間前に、前記講師スケジュールテーブルを参照して講師が対応可能 な時間帯にブース番号を指定してレッスン枠を生成する機能を有するレッスン枠生成 手段と、生徒力 レッスンの申込みを受付ける機能と、前記カルテを参照して当該生 徒のレベルを取得する機能と、前記レッスンテーブルに前記取得されたレベルと同一 ゾーンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が存在する場合であって所定人数の生徒 が登録されて 、な 、レッスン枠と生徒が未登録のレッスン枠とを受入れ可能なレツス ン枠として提示する機能と、前記提示されたレッスン枠のうち当該生徒により選択され たレッスン枠に当該生徒を登録する機能とを有するレッスン設定手段と、前記レツス ンテーブルに生成された各レッスン枠について、当該レッスン枠に登録された生徒に よって定まるゾーンにおいて使用するテキストのうち当該レッスン枠に登録されたいず れの生徒も未学習であるユニットを抽出して選定する機能と、レッスンにおいて使用 されたユニットをカルテに記録する機能とを有するテキスト選定手段とを備えたもので ある。 [0014] The foreign language lesson management system of the present invention is a foreign language lesson management system in which a native speaker is a lecturer and a small number of students in a certain level of language ability are grouped to conduct a foreign language lesson. A system that is generated for each student and records the lesson history including the current level of language skills of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, and the teacher's schedule is registered Instructor schedule table, lesson frame is generated, number of students and instructor instructor and booth number to use The lesson table is registered, and the booth number is designated for the lesson table by referring to the instructor schedule table for a certain period of time before the lesson date of the lesson. Lesson frame generation means having a function to generate a lesson frame, a student ability, a function to accept an application for a lesson, a function to obtain the level of the student by referring to the medical record, and the acquired level in the lesson table If there is a lesson frame that has registered students in the same zone, and a predetermined number of students are registered, the lesson frame and the lesson frame that the student has not registered are presented as a lesson frame that can be accepted. And a function for registering the student in the lesson frame selected by the student among the presented lesson frames. For each lesson frame generated in the lesson frame generated in the lesson frame generated in the lesson frame, all the texts used in the zones determined by the students registered in the lesson frame are not yet learned. It is equipped with a text selection means that has the function of extracting and selecting a unit and the function of recording the unit used in the lesson in a medical record.
この発明によれば、各生徒別に語学力のレベルが記録されたカルテが発行され、 レッスン枠生成手段により、レッスン日の一定期間前に講師スケジュールテーブルを 参照して講師が対応可能な時間帯にレッスン枠が生成され、レッスン設定手段により 、生徒からのレッスンの申込みを受付け、当該生徒のレベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒 が登録されているか未登録のレッスン枠が受入れ可能なレッスン枠として提示され、 その中から当該生徒により選択されたレッスン枠に登録されるので、レベルが一定の ゾーンにある生徒がグルーピングされ、各生徒はレベルの向上に合わせて常に適切 な生徒とグルーピングされるとともに、定員に満たないレッスンが設定されることが少 なくなり、低価格で良質なレッスンが提供される。  According to the present invention, a chart in which the level of language ability is recorded for each student is issued, and the lesson frame generation means refers to the instructor schedule table for a certain period before the lesson day, so that the instructor can handle it. A lesson frame is generated, the lesson setting means accepts a lesson application from a student, and a student in the same zone as the student's level is registered or an unregistered lesson frame is presented as an acceptable lesson frame, Since the students are registered in the lesson frame selected by the student, students in a certain level zone are grouped, and each student is always grouped with an appropriate student as the level improves. Less less lessons are set, and good quality lessons are offered at a low price.
尚、生徒の現在のレベルについては、レッスン終了後に講師が各生徒のレベルを 判定してレベルの向上があればカルテに記録されたレベルを適宜更新するようにし てもよぐ後述のようにレベルが向上したと認められる生徒に対して別途レベルチエツ クを行 、、その判定結果をカルテに記録するようにしてもょ 、。  As for the current level of students, the instructor will determine the level of each student after the lesson and if the level is improved, the level recorded in the chart may be updated as appropriate. A separate level check may be conducted for students who are found to have improved, and the results of the judgment recorded in the chart.
また、カルテには、各生徒がこれまでのレッスンにおいて学習したテキストの履歴が 記録され、テキスト選定手段により、グルーピングされた生徒によって定まるゾーンに おいて使用されるテキストのうち、いずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットが抽出され、 これに基づいてレッスンにおいて使用するユニットが決定されるので、生徒にとって 既に学習済みのレッスンが繰り返して提供されることが抑制され、生徒一人一人のレ ベルの向上にあわせた適切なカリキュラムが提供される。 The medical record also contains a history of the texts that each student has learned in previous lessons. The recorded text selection means extracts the unlearned units from all the texts used in the zones defined by the grouped students, and based on this, the units to be used in the lesson are determined. This prevents students from repeatedly providing lessons that have already been learned, and provides an appropriate curriculum tailored to the level of each student.
[0016] この発明の外国語レッスン運営管理システムは、レッスンを実施した講師からレべ ルが向上したと認められる生徒についてレベルチェックの受験推薦を取得する機能 と、前記レベルチェックの受験推薦が記録された生徒力 受験の申込みを受付け、レ ベルチ ックの希望日時を取得して記録する機能と、前記講師スケジュールテープ ルを参照し、前記取得された希望日時に対応可能な講師が存在する場合に、前記レ ッスンテーブルの前記取得された希望日時にレベルチェック枠を生成し、当該生徒と 当該講師を登録する機能と、レベルチェックを実施した講師力 受験した生徒のレべ ル判定結果を取得し、当該受験した生徒のカルテに記録する機能とを有するレベル 管理手段を備えたものである。  [0016] The foreign language lesson management system of the present invention records a function for obtaining a recommendation for taking a level check for a student who has been recognized as having improved levels from the instructor who conducted the lesson, and a recommendation for taking the level check. If there is a lecturer who can accept the application for the examination, obtain and record the desired date and time of the level, and refer to the lecturer schedule table, and can correspond to the obtained desired date and time In addition, a level check frame is generated at the acquired desired date and time of the lesson table, and a function for registering the student and the instructor and the instructor ability to perform the level check are obtained. And a level management means having a function of recording in the medical record of the student who took the examination.
[0017] この発明によれば、レベル管理手段により、レッスンを実施した講師からレベルが向 上したと認められる生徒についてレベルチェックの受験推薦が取得され、当該生徒 は希望する日時にレベルチェックを受験することができ、レベルチェックを実施した講 師によりレベル判定結果が生徒のカルテに記録されるので、各生徒の現在のレベル 力 り正確に判定され、より良質なレッスンを低価格で提供できる。  [0017] According to this invention, the level management means obtains a recommendation for taking a level check for a student whose level has been improved from the instructor who conducted the lesson, and the student takes the level check at a desired date and time. The level judgment result is recorded in the student's chart by the teacher who performed the level check, so that each student's current level is judged accurately, and a better lesson can be provided at a low price.
[0018] この発明の外国語レッスン運営管理システムは、レッスン日の直前に、前記レッスン テーブルに生成された各レッスン枠に登録されている講師を当該レッスン枠に登録さ れて 、る 、ずれの生徒にっ 、ても所定期間以上指導した実績のな 、講師に再設定 する機能を有するレッスン最適化手段を備えたものである。  [0018] In the foreign language lesson management system according to the present invention, the instructor registered in each lesson frame generated in the lesson table is registered in the lesson frame immediately before the lesson date. The student has a lesson optimization means that has a history of teaching for a predetermined period or more and has the function of resetting to the instructor.
[0019] この発明によれば、レッスン最適化手段により、レッスン日の直前に、各レッスン枠 に登録されて 、る講師を当該レッスン枠に登録されて 、る 、ずれの生徒につ!ヽても 所定期間以上指導した実績のない講師に再設定する機能を有するので、各生徒は いろんなタイプの講師によって満遍なく指導され、外国語への対応力をより向上させ ることがでさる。 また、講師が急に休みとなった場合でも適切な講師が選択される。 [0019] According to the present invention, the lesson optimization means registers the instructor registered in each lesson frame immediately before the lesson day, and registers the instructor in the lesson frame so that it can be used as a misplaced student. However, since it has the function of resetting it to an instructor who has not been instructed for a certain period of time, each student will be instructed uniformly by various types of instructors and will be able to improve their ability to speak foreign languages. In addition, even when the instructor suddenly becomes absent, an appropriate instructor is selected.
尚、レッスン日の直前とは、例えばレッスンの前日でもよぐレッスンの当日でもよい Note that “just before the lesson day” may be the day before the lesson, for example, the day before the lesson.
1S レッスンの当日の場合は講師の準備や生徒への通告の問題があるので、最初の レッスンが開始される前にレッスンの最適化を完了しておくことが好ましい。 On the day of the 1S lesson, it is preferable to complete the lesson optimization before the first lesson begins because there are issues with teacher preparation and student notification.
また、所定期間以上指導した実績のないことには、例えば同じ日に続けて同じ講師 に設定されないことを含む。  Also, the fact that there is no record of instructing for a predetermined period or longer includes, for example, not being assigned to the same instructor on the same day.
また、レッスン最適化手段として、レッスン日の直前に、講師の登録情報に基づき、 各レッスンに登録されている各生徒をこれまでに指導した講師の出身地と異なる出身 地の講師に再設定する機能を有するようにしてもよい。これにより、生徒は講師の出 身地による微妙な発音やイントネーションの違 ヽにも対応できるようになり、外国語へ の対応力をより向上させることができる。  In addition, as a lesson optimization method, just before the lesson date, based on the instructor registration information, each student registered in each lesson is reset to the instructor in a hometown different from the hometown of the instructor instructed so far You may make it have a function. As a result, students will be able to cope with subtle pronunciation and intonation errors due to the teacher's birthplace, and improve their ability to handle foreign languages.
[0020] この発明の外国語レッスン運営管理システムは、レッスン日の直前に、前記レッスン テーブルに生成された各レッスン枠に登録されている生徒を同一時間帯の他のレツ スン枠に登録されて 、る生徒と入れ替えて各レッスン枠に登録されて 、る生徒のレべ ルを均一化する機能を有するレッスン最適化手段を備えたものである。  [0020] In the foreign language lesson management system of the present invention, immediately before the lesson date, the students registered in each lesson frame generated in the lesson table are registered in other lesson frames of the same time period. It is provided with lesson optimization means that is registered in each lesson frame by replacing it with the student, and has the function of equalizing the student's level.
[0021] この発明によれば、レッスン最適化手段により、グルーピングされる生徒のレベルが 均一化されるので、より密度の高 ヽレッスンを提供できる。  [0021] According to the present invention, the lesson optimizing means equalizes the level of students to be grouped, so it is possible to provide lessons with higher density.
尚、レッスン日の直前とは、例えばレッスンの前日でもよぐレッスンの当日でもよい 1S レッスンの当日の場合は講師の準備や生徒への通告の問題があるので、最初の レッスンが開始される前にレッスンの最適化を完了しておくことが好ましい。  The day before the lesson day may be the day before the lesson, for example, or the day of the lesson. For the day of the 1S lesson, there is a problem with the preparation of the instructor or the student's notification, so before the first lesson starts. It is preferable to complete lesson optimization.
また、所定期間以上指導した実績のないことには、例えば同じ日に続けて同じ講師 に設定されないことを含む。  Also, the fact that there is no record of instructing for a predetermined period or longer includes, for example, not being assigned to the same instructor on the same day.
また、レッスン最適化手段として、レッスン日の直前に、各レッスンに登録されている 各生徒について、カルテ力 これまでに学習されたテキストの履歴を取得し、前記レ ッスンテーブルに生成された各レッスン枠に登録されている生徒を同一時間帯の他 のレッスン枠に登録されている生徒と入れ替えてこれまでに学習されたテキストの近 In addition, as a lesson optimization means, just before the lesson date, for each student registered in each lesson, a record of the texts learned so far is obtained, and each lesson frame generated in the lesson table is acquired. Replace the students registered in with other students registered in other lesson slots at the same time, and close to the texts learned so far.
Vヽ生徒がグルーピングされるように再設定する機能を有するようにしてもよ!ヽ。これに より、各レッスンにおいてより適切なテキストを選定でき、より密度の高いレッスンを提 供できる。 V に し て も You may have the ability to reset students to be grouped! This allows you to select a more appropriate text for each lesson and provide more dense lessons. Can be provided.
[0022] この発明の外国語レッスン運営管理システムは、前記レッスン設定手段は、前記レ ッスンテーブルにプライベートレッスンのレッスン枠を設定する機能を有し、少人数制 のグノレープレッスンとマンツーマンによるプライベートレッスンを自由に糸且合わせたレ ッスンプランを設定できるようにしたものである。  [0022] In the foreign language lesson management system according to the present invention, the lesson setting means has a function of setting a lesson frame for a private lesson on the lesson table, so that small-group gnolep lessons and one-on-one private lessons are free. It is now possible to set a lesson plan that matches the thread.
[0023] この発明によれば、レッスンテーブルにプライベートレッスンのレッスン枠を設定する 機能を有し、少人数のグループレッスンと、マンツーマンによるプライベートレッスンを 自由に組合わせたレッスンプランを設定できるので、リーズナブルなレッスン費用で 効果的な外国語レッスンを提供できる。  [0023] According to the present invention, it has a function to set a lesson frame for private lessons in the lesson table, and since a lesson plan can be set by freely combining small group lessons and one-on-one private lessons, it is reasonable. Can provide effective foreign language lessons at a reasonable lesson cost.
[0024] この発明の外国語レッスン運営管理システムは、生徒が自宅からテレビ電話端末を 用いて遠隔による少人数の外国語レッスンを受けることができる遠隔レッスン手段を 備え、前記レッスンテーブルとして、レッスン場所において講師と対面してレッスンを 受ける対面レッスン用と、 自宅力 遠隔でレッスンを受ける遠隔レッスン用とを個別に 備え、前記レッスン設定手段は、生徒力もレッスンの申込みを受付ける際に、自宅を 希望したときには前記遠隔レッスン用のレッスンテーブルを用いてレッスンを設定し、 その他の場合には前記対面レッスン用のレッスンテーブルを用いてレッスンを設定す る機能を有し、生徒が対面レッスンと遠隔レッスンとを組合わせてレッスンを設定でき るようにしたものである。  [0024] The foreign language lesson management system of the present invention comprises a remote lesson means that allows a student to take a small number of foreign language lessons remotely from home using a videophone terminal. In-person lessons for face-to-face lessons that meet with the instructor and remote lessons for remote lessons that receive remote lessons, and the lesson setting means that the student's ability also requested a home when accepting lesson applications. In some cases, a lesson is set using the lesson table for remote lessons, and in other cases, the lesson is set using the lesson table for face-to-face lessons. The lessons can be set in combination.
[0025] この発明によれば、生徒がレッスン場所に通学して講師と対面してレッスンを受ける 対面レッスンと、遠隔レッスン手段により自宅からレッスンを受ける遠隔レッスンとを生 徒が自由に組合わせてレッスンを設定できるようにしたので、生徒は限られた時間を 有効に使って効果的なレッスンプランを設定できる。  [0025] According to the present invention, students can freely combine face-to-face lessons where students go to the lesson place and face the instructor to take lessons, and remote lessons that take lessons from home by means of remote lessons. Now that lessons can be set, students can use their limited time effectively to set up an effective lesson plan.
[0026] この発明の外国語レッスン運営管理システムは、生徒がレッスン場所力 テレビ電 話端末を用いて遠隔による少人数の外国語レッスンを受けることができる遠隔レツス ン手段を備え、前記レッスンテーブルとして、レッスン場所において講師と対面してレ ッスンを受ける対面レッスン用と、レッスン場所においてテレビ電話端末を用いて遠隔 でレッスンを受ける遠隔レッスン用とを個別に備え、前記レッスン設定手段は、生徒の レッスン希望日時において、前記体面レッスン用のレッスンテーブルにレッスンを設 定できな!/、場合であって、前記遠隔レッスン用のレッスンテーブルにレッスンを設定 できる場合に、前記遠隔レッスン用のレッスンテーブルにレッスンを設定する機能を 有するものである。 [0026] The foreign language lesson management system according to the present invention comprises a remote lesson means that allows a student to take a small number of foreign language lessons remotely using a lesson place power TV phone terminal, The lesson setting means comprises a separate lesson for a face-to-face lesson that meets the instructor at the lesson location, and a remote lesson for receiving a lesson remotely using a videophone terminal at the lesson location. Set a lesson on the lesson table for the body lesson at the desired date and time. It is possible to set a lesson in the lesson table for the remote lesson when the lesson can be set in the lesson table for the remote lesson.
[0027] この発明によれば、生徒が希望する日時に、対面レッスン用のレッスンテーブルに レッスンを設定できな!/、場合であって、遠隔レッスン用のレッスンテーブルにレッスン を設定できる場合に、レッスン場所力もテレビ電話を用いて遠隔でレッスンを受けるこ とができるようにしたので、生徒の希望日時が集中した場合でも、遠隔レッスン手段を 利用して負荷を調節でき、レッスン場所に待機する講師の人数を最小限とすることが でき、より低価格で良質のレッスンを提供できる。  [0027] According to the present invention, it is not possible to set a lesson in the lesson table for face-to-face lessons at the date and time desired by the student! /, And when the lesson can be set in the lesson table for remote lessons, The lesson place is also able to take lessons remotely using a videophone, so even if the student's desired date and time is concentrated, the load can be adjusted using the remote lesson means, and the instructor waiting at the lesson place The number of students can be minimized and good quality lessons can be provided at a lower price.
[0028] この発明の外国語レッスン運営管理システムは、生徒が自由に出入りでき、参加し て 、る講師や他の生徒と所定の外国語で自由に会話できるフリートークルームが提 供され、通常の対面レッスンとフリートークルームへの参加を組合わせて学習できるよ うにしたものであって、前記レッスンテーブルのフリートークルームを提供する時限に フリートーク枠を生成する機能と、前記講師スケジュールテーブルを参照し、前記生 成されたフリートーク枠に対応可能な講師を登録する機能とを有するフリートーク枠 生成手段を更に備えたものである。  [0028] The foreign language lesson management system of the present invention provides a free talk room in which students can freely enter and exit, and can participate in and freely talk with instructors and other students in a predetermined foreign language. A combination of face-to-face lessons and participation in a free talk room can be used for learning, and a function for generating a free talk frame at a time period for providing a free talk room for the lesson table, and referring to the instructor schedule table, The apparatus further comprises a free talk frame generating means having a function of registering a lecturer capable of handling the generated free talk frame.
[0029] この発明によれば、フリートーク枠設定手段により、レッスンテーブルに、生徒が自 由に出入りでき、参加している講師や他の生徒と外国語で自由に対話できるフリート 一クルームの枠が設定されるので、生徒は通常のレッスンだけでは不足するコミュ- ケーシヨン量をフリートークルームに参加することで補うことができ、実際に海外で生 活しているような効果が生み出され、通常の対面レッスンや遠隔レッスンとフリート一 クルームへの参加を組合わせることで、より効果的にレベルアップを図ることができる  [0029] According to this invention, the free talk frame setting means allows the student to freely enter and exit the lesson table, and the fleet room frame that allows the instructor and other students to freely interact in foreign languages. As a result, students can make up for the amount of communication that is not possible with just regular lessons by participating in the free talk room. Combining lessons and distance lessons with fleet room participation can improve your level more effectively
[0030] この発明の外国語レッスン運営管理システムは、前記フリートーク枠生成手段は、 生徒力 フリートークレッスンにおいて取り上げるテーマを募集する機能と、前記募集 されたテーマ力 前記フリートーク枠に登録された講師によって選択されたテーマを 前記レッスンテーブルに登録する機能とを有するものである。 [0030] In the foreign language lesson management system according to the present invention, the free talk frame generation means is selected by a lecturer registered in the free talk frame and a function for recruiting themes to be taken up in the student power free talk lesson and the recruited theme power And a function of registering the selected theme in the lesson table.
[0031] この発明によれば、生徒力 フリートークレッスンにおいて取り上げるテーマが募集 され、講師によって選択されたテーマがレッスンテーブルに登録され、生徒は自分の 希望するテーマが取り上げられたフリートーク枠を選択して参加できるので、フリート ークレッスンにおける会話が弾み、より高いレッスン効果が得られる。 [0031] According to the present invention, themes to be taken up in the student power free talk lesson are recruited. The theme selected by the instructor is registered in the lesson table, and students can select and participate in the free talk frame where the desired theme is taken up. .
この発明の外国語レッスン運営管理システムは、複数の場所にスクールを設け、ネ ィティブスピーカを講師とし、語学力のレベルが一定のゾーンにある少人数の生徒を グルーピングして外国語レッスンを実施する外国語レッスン運営管理システムであつ て、生徒毎に生成され、当該生徒の現在の語学力のレベルとこれまでに学習された テキストの履歴を含むレッスン履歴が記録されるカルテと、出勤場所を含む講師のス ケジュールが登録される講師スケジュールテーブルと、レッスン場所毎にレッスン枠 が生成され、所定人数の生徒と指導する講師と使用するブースの番号とが登録され るレッスンテーブルとを備え、生徒からレッスンの申込みを受付け、レッスン場所と希 望日時を取得する機能と、前記カルテを参照して当該生徒のレベルを取得する機能 と、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得されたレッスン場所の希望日時に前記取得され たレベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が生成されている場合であ つて、当該レッスン枠に所定人数の生徒が登録されていない場合に、当該レッスン枠 に当該生徒を登録する機能と、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得されたレッスン場所 の希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン 枠が生成されて 、な 、かまたは生成されて ヽても当該レッスン枠に所定人数の生徒 が登録されて 、る場合であって、講師スケジュールテーブルを参照して前記取得さ れた希望日時において前記取得されたレッスン場所が出勤場所として登録されてい て、いずれのレッスン枠にも登録されていない講師が存在する場合に、前記レッスン テーブルの前記取得されたレッスン場所の希望日時に新たなレッスン枠を生成し、当 該生徒と当該講師と新規のブース番号とを登録する機能と、前記レッスンテーブルの 前記取得されたレッスン場所の希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーンにあ る生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が生成されて 、な 、かまたは生成されて ヽても当該レ ッスン枠に所定人数の生徒が登録されて 、る場合であって、講師スケジュールテー ブルを参照して前記取得された希望日時において、前記取得されたレッスン場所が 出勤場所として登録されて 、て 、ずれのレッスン枠にも登録されて 、な 、講師は存 在しないが、前記取得されたレッスン場所と同一のエリア内の他のスクールに出勤場 所が登録されて 、て、移動時間を含めて 、ずれのレッスン枠にも登録されて 、な!/ヽ 講師が存在する場合に、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得されたレッスン場所の希 望日時に新たなレッスン枠を生成し、当該生徒と当該講師と新規のブース番号とを 登録する機能と、前記講師スケジュールテーブルの前記取得された希望日時と前記 レッスン場所を記録し、前記移動時間中に移動中である旨を記録する機能とを有す るレッスン設定手段と、前記レッスンテーブルに生成された各レッスン枠について、当 該レッスン枠に登録された生徒によって定まるゾーンにおいて使用するテキストのうち 当該レッスン枠に登録されたいずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットを抽出して選定す る機能と、レッスンにおいて使用されたユニットをカルテに記録する機能とを有するテ キスト選定手段とを備えたものである。 The foreign language lesson management system of this invention has schools in multiple locations, with native speakers as instructors, and groups a small number of students in a certain level of language ability to conduct foreign language lessons. This is a foreign language lesson management system that is generated for each student and records the lesson history including the current level of language ability of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, and the place of work. Instructor schedule table that includes the schedule of the instructor including the lesson table, lesson table is created for each lesson location, where a lesson frame is generated and a predetermined number of students, the instructor to be instructed, and the booth number to be used are registered. Accepts lesson applications from the school, obtains the lesson location and desired date and time, and refers to the student's And a lesson frame in which students in the same zone as the acquired level are registered at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location in the lesson table, When a predetermined number of students are not registered in the frame, it is in the same zone as the acquired level at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location in the lesson table and the function of registering the student in the lesson frame If a lesson frame in which a student is registered is generated, or a predetermined number of students are registered in the lesson frame even if the lesson frame is generated, the acquisition is performed by referring to the instructor schedule table. The acquired lesson place is registered as a work place at the desired date and time and is not registered in any lesson frame. A function of creating a new lesson frame at a desired date and time of the acquired lesson location in the lesson table and registering the student, the instructor, and a new booth number when the instructor exists; At the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location, a lesson frame is created in which students in the same zone as the acquired level are registered. When the number of students is registered, the acquired lesson location is registered as the attendance location at the desired date and time acquired with reference to the instructor schedule table. Also registered in the teacher Although it does not exist, the attendance place is registered in another school in the same area as the acquired lesson place, and it is also registered in the lesson frame including the travel time. When there is an instructor, a function for creating a new lesson frame at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location in the lesson table, registering the student, the instructor, and a new booth number, and the instructor schedule A lesson setting means having a function of recording the desired date and time acquired in the table and the location of the lesson and recording that the movement is in progress during the movement time; and each lesson frame generated in the lesson table Of the text used in the zone defined by the students registered in the lesson frame, any of the students registered in the lesson frame are unlearned. The text selection means has the function of extracting and selecting a notebook and recording the unit used in the lesson in a medical record.
この発明によれば、各生徒別に現在の語学力のレベルが記録されたカルテが発行 され、レッスン設定手段により、生徒からのレッスンの申込みを受付け、講師スケジュ ールテーブルを参照して生徒が希望する日時に当該レッスン場所が出勤場所として 登録されて!ヽて対応可能な講師が存在する場合にレッスン枠が設定され、レベルが 一定のゾーンにある生徒がグルーピングされるので、各生徒はレベルの向上に合わ せて常に適切な生徒とグルーピングされるとともに、定員に満たないレッスンが設定さ れることが少なくなり、低価格で良質なレッスンが提供される。  According to the present invention, a chart in which the current level of language ability is recorded for each student is issued, the lesson setting means accepts a lesson application from the student, and refers to the instructor schedule table to the date and time desired by the student. The lesson place is registered as a place of attendance, and if there are instructors who can respond, the lesson frame is set and students in a certain level zone are grouped, so each student can improve their level. At the same time, they are always grouped with the appropriate students, and less less than lessons are set, providing high-quality lessons at a low price.
また、生徒が希望する日時に当該レッスン場所が出勤場所として登録されていて対 応可能な講師が存在しない場合であって、当該レッスン場所と同一のエリア内の他 のスクールに出勤場所が登録されていて移動時間を含めて対応可能である講師が 存在する場合に、当該講師を当該レッスン場所に派遣させてレッスンをするレッスン 枠が設定され、レベルが一定のゾーンにある生徒がグルーピングされるので、生徒の 希望日時が一時的に片寄った場合でもレッスンを提供でき、講師のアイドル時間が 低減され、より低価格で良質なレッスンを提供できる。  Also, if the lesson place is registered as a work place at the date and time desired by the student and there is no instructor available, the work place is registered in another school in the same area as the lesson place. If there is an instructor who can respond, including travel time, a lesson frame is set for sending the instructor to the lesson location and giving lessons, and students in a certain level zone are grouped. , Lessons can be provided even if the student's desired date and time is temporarily offset, the instructor's idle time is reduced, and high-quality lessons can be provided at a lower price.
尚、生徒の現在のレベルについては、レッスン終了後に講師が各生徒のレベルを 判定してレベルの向上があればカルテに記録されたレベルを適宜更新するようにし てもよぐ後述のようにレベルが向上したと認められる生徒に対して別途レベルチエツ クを行 、、その判定結果をカルテに記録するようにしてもょ 、。 As for the current level of students, the instructor will determine the level of each student after the lesson and if the level is improved, the level recorded in the chart may be updated as appropriate. Level check for students who have improved Make a note and record the result in a medical record.
また、カルテには、各生徒がこれまでのレッスンにおいて学習したテキストの履歴が 記録され、テキスト選定手段により、グルーピングされた生徒によって定まるゾーンに おいて使用されるテキストのうち、いずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットが抽出され、 これに基づいてレッスンにおいて使用するユニットが決定されるので、生徒にとって 既に学習済みのレッスンが繰り返して提供されることが抑制され、生徒一人一人のレ ベルの向上にあわせた適切なカリキュラムが提供される。  In addition, the medical record records the history of the texts that each student has learned in previous lessons, and the text selection means does not identify any of the texts used in the zones determined by the grouped students. Units that are learning are extracted and the units to be used in the lesson are determined based on the extracted units. This prevents the students from repeatedly providing lessons that have already been learned and improves the level of each student. A suitable curriculum is provided.
尚、レッスン場所は、レッスンの申込みにおいて生徒が自由に選択できるようにして もよぐ生徒が登録されて 、るスクールに限定するようにしてもょ 、。  In addition, the lesson place may be limited to the school where the student is registered so that the student can freely select when applying for the lesson.
この発明の外国語レッスン運営管理システムは、複数の場所にスクールを設け、ネ ィティブスピーカを講師とし、語学力のレベルが一定のゾーンにある少人数の生徒を グルーピングして外国語レッスンを実施する外国語レッスン運営管理システムであつ て、生徒毎に生成され、当該生徒の現在の語学力のレベルとこれまでに学習された テキストの履歴を含むレッスン履歴が記録されるカルテと、講師のスケジュールが登 録される講師スケジュールテーブルと、レッスン場所毎にレッスン枠が生成され、所定 人数の生徒と指導する講師と使用するブースの番号とが登録されるレッスンテーブル とを備え、前記レッスンテーブルに対して、レッスン日の一定期間前に、前記講師ス ケジュールテーブルを参照して講師が出勤予定のレッスン場所の対応可能な時間帯 にブース番号を指定してレッスン枠を生成する機能を有するレッスン枠生成手段と、 生徒からレッスンの申込みを受付け、レッスン場所と希望日時を取得する機能と、前 記カルテを参照して当該生徒のレベルを取得する機能と、前記レッスンテーブルの 前記取得されたレッスン場所の希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーンにあ る生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が存在する場合であって、所定人数の生徒が登録さ れていない場合に、当該レッスン枠に当該生徒を登録する機能と、前記レッスンテー ブルの前記取得されたレッスン場所の希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾー ンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が存在しな 、かまたは存在して!/、ても所定人数 の生徒が登録されて 、る場合であって、前記取得されたレッスン場所にぉ 、て生徒 が未登録のレッスン枠が存在する場合に、当該未登録のレッスン枠に当該生徒を登 録する機能と、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得されたレッスン場所の希望日時に 前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が存在しない 力または存在して 、ても所定人数の生徒が登録されて 、る場合であって、前記取得 されたレッスン場所にぉ 、て生徒が未登録のレッスン枠が存在しな 、場合に、一定 のエリア内の他のレッスン場所のレッスンテーブルを参照して、移動時間を含めて登 録されている講師が対応可能であって生徒が未登録であるレッスン枠を前記取得さ れたレッスン場所に振替え、当該生徒を登録する機能とを有するレッスン設定手段と 、前記レッスンテーブルに生成された各レッスン枠について、当該レッスン枠に登録 された生徒によって定まるゾーンにおいて使用するテキストのうち当該レッスン枠に登 録されたいずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットを抽出して選定する機能と、レッスン において使用されたユニットをカルテに記録する機能とを有するテキスト選定手段と を備えたものである。 The foreign language lesson management system of this invention has schools in multiple locations, with native speakers as instructors, and groups a small number of students in a certain level of language ability to conduct foreign language lessons. A foreign language lesson management system that is generated for each student, records a lesson history that includes the current level of language skills of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, and the teacher's schedule A lesson table in which a lesson frame is generated for each lesson location and a predetermined number of students, instructors to be instructed, and booth numbers to be used are registered. The lesson area where the instructor is scheduled to work by referring to the instructor schedule table before a certain period of the lesson day. Lesson frame generation means that has the function to generate a lesson frame by specifying a booth number during the available time zone, a function to accept lesson applications from students and obtain the lesson location and desired date and time, and the above chart A function for referring to the level of the student by reference and a lesson frame in which students in the same zone as the acquired level exist at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson place in the lesson table. When a predetermined number of students are not registered, the function of registering the students in the lesson frame is the same as the acquired level at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location in the lesson table. There are or are no lesson slots for students in the zone! / Even if a predetermined number of students are registered, and there is a lesson frame that has not been registered at the lesson location, the corresponding lesson frame Climbing students The ability to record and a lesson frame where students in the same zone as the acquired level do not exist at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location in the lesson table. If a student is registered and there is no lesson frame where the student has not been registered, the lesson table of another lesson location in a certain area is displayed. The lesson has a function of registering the student by transferring the lesson frame that the registered instructor including the travel time can handle and the student unregistered lesson frame to the acquired lesson location. For each lesson frame generated in the lesson table, the setting means and the text used in the zone determined by the students registered in the lesson frame. It has a text selection means that has the function of extracting and selecting units that have not been learned by any student registered in the lesson frame, and the function of recording the units used in the lesson in the medical record. is there.
この発明によれば、各生徒別に現在の語学力のレベルが記録されたカルテが発行 され、レッスン枠生成手段により、レッスン日の一定期間前に講師スケジュールテー ブルを参照して講師が出勤予定のレッスン場所の対応可能な時間帯にレッスン枠が 生成され、レッスン設定手段により、生徒からのレッスンの申込みを受付け、生徒が希 望する日時の当該レッスン場所に未登録のレッスン枠が存在する場合に当該生徒が 登録され、レベルが一定のゾーンにある生徒がグルーピングされるので、各生徒はレ ベルの向上に合わせて常に適切な生徒とグルーピングされるとともに、定員に満たな いレッスンが設定されることが少なくなり、低価格で良質なレッスンが提供される。 尚、生徒の現在のレベルについては、レッスン終了後に講師が各生徒のレベルを 判定してレベルの向上があればカルテに記録されたレベルを適宜更新するようにし てもよぐ後述のようにレベルが向上したと認められる生徒に対して別途レベルチエツ クを行 、、その判定結果をカルテに記録するようにしてもょ 、。  According to the present invention, a chart in which the current level of language ability is recorded for each student is issued, and the lesson frame generation means refers to the instructor schedule table for a certain period before the lesson day, and the instructor is scheduled to attend work. When a lesson frame is generated at a time zone where the lesson location is available, the lesson setting means accepts a lesson application from a student, and there is an unregistered lesson frame at the lesson location at the desired date and time of the student Since the students are registered and students in a certain level zone are grouped, each student is always grouped with the appropriate students as the level improves, and lesson less than capacity is set Less, and good quality lessons are offered at low prices. As for the current level of students, the instructor will determine the level of each student after the lesson and if the level is improved, the level recorded in the chart may be updated as appropriate. A separate level check may be conducted for students who are found to have improved, and the results of the judgment recorded in the chart.
また、生徒が希望する日時の当該レッスン場所に未登録のレッスン枠が存在しない 力または存在しても満席の場合であって、当該レッスン場所と同一のエリア内の他の スクールに未登録のレッスン枠が存在し、登録されて 、る講師が移動時間を含めて 対応可能である場合に、当該レッスン枠が当該レッスン場所に振替えられ、レベルが 一定のゾーンにある生徒がグルーピングされるので、生徒の希望日時が一時的に片 寄った場合でもレッスンを提供でき、講師のアイドル時間が低減され、より低価格で 良質なレッスンを提供できる。 In addition, there is no unregistered lesson at the lesson location at the date and time desired by the student, or the lesson is not fully registered at another school in the same area as the lesson location, even if it is full. If there is a frame, it is registered, and the instructor is available, including the travel time, the lesson frame is transferred to the lesson location and the level is Since students in a certain zone are grouped, lessons can be provided even if the student's desired date / time is temporarily offset, and the instructor's idle time is reduced, providing high-quality lessons at a lower price.
また、カルテには、各生徒がこれまでのレッスンにおいて学習したテキストの履歴が 記録され、テキスト選定手段により、グルーピングされた生徒によって定まるゾーンに おいて使用されるテキストのうち、いずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットが抽出され、 これに基づいてレッスンにおいて使用するユニットが決定されるので、生徒にとって 既に学習済みのレッスンが繰り返して提供されることが抑制され、生徒一人一人のレ ベルの向上にあわせた適切なカリキュラムが提供される。  In addition, the medical record records the history of the texts that each student has learned in previous lessons, and the text selection means does not identify any of the texts used in the zones determined by the grouped students. Units that are learning are extracted and the units to be used in the lesson are determined based on the extracted units. This prevents the students from repeatedly providing lessons that have already been learned and improves the level of each student. A suitable curriculum is provided.
尚、レッスン場所は、レッスンの申込みにおいて生徒が自由に選択できるようにして もよぐ生徒が登録されて 、るスクールに限定するようにしてもょ 、。  In addition, the lesson place may be limited to the school where the student is registered so that the student can freely select when applying for the lesson.
[0036] この発明の外国語レッスン運営管理システムは、レッスンを実施した講師からレべ ルが向上したと認められる生徒についてレベルチェックの受験推薦を取得して記録 する機能と、前記レベルチェックの受験推薦が記録された生徒から受験の申込みを 受付け、レベルチ ックの受験場所と希望日時を取得する機能と、前記講師スケジュ ールテーブルを参照し、前記取得された受験場所の希望日時に対応可能な講師が 存在する場合に、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得された受験場所の希望日時にレ ベルチ ック枠を生成し、当該生徒と当該講師を登録する機能と、レベルチ ックを 実施した講師力 受験した生徒のレベル判定結果を取得し、当該受験した生徒の力 ルテに記録する機能とを有するレベル管理手段を備えたものである。  [0036] The foreign language lesson management system according to the present invention includes a function for obtaining and recording a recommendation for taking a level check for a student who is recognized as having improved in level from the instructor who conducted the lesson, and taking the level check. Lecturer who can accept the application for the examination from the student whose recommendation is recorded and obtain the place and the desired date and time of the level check, and refer to the lecturer schedule table and can correspond to the obtained desired date and time of the examination place If there is a class, a level frame is created at the desired date and time of the acquired examination location in the lesson table, the function to register the student and the instructor, and the level of instructor ability It is equipped with a level management means having a function of acquiring the result of the level judgment of the student and recording it in the strength of the student who took the examination.
[0037] この発明によれば、レベル管理手段により、レッスンを実施した講師からレベルが向 上したと認められる生徒についてレベルチェックの受験推薦が取得され、当該生徒 は希望する日時にレベルチェックを受験することができ、レベルチェックを実施した講 師によりレベル判定結果が生徒のカルテに記録されるので、各生徒の現在のレベル 力 り正確に判定され、より良質なレッスンを低価格で提供できる。  [0037] According to the present invention, the level management means obtains a recommendation for taking a level check for a student whose level has been improved from the instructor who conducted the lesson, and the student takes the level check at a desired date and time. The level judgment result is recorded in the student's chart by the teacher who performed the level check, so that each student's current level is judged accurately, and a better lesson can be provided at a low price.
[0038] この発明の外国語レッスン運営管理システムは、レッスン日の直前に、前記レッスン テーブルに生成された各レッスン枠に登録されて 、る講師の移動が最小となるように 講師を再設定する機能を有するレッスン最適化手段を備えたものである。 [0039] この発明によれば、レッスン最適化手段により、レッスン日の直前に、講師の移動が 最小となるように講師が再設定されるので、移動による講師のアイドル時間が低減さ れ、より効率的なレッスンが提供される。 [0038] The foreign language lesson management system of the present invention resets the instructor so as to minimize the movement of the instructor registered in each lesson frame generated in the lesson table immediately before the lesson date. It is equipped with a lesson optimization means that has a function. [0039] According to the present invention, the lesson optimization means resets the instructor so that the instructor's movement is minimized immediately before the lesson day, thereby reducing the instructor's idle time due to the movement. Efficient lessons are provided.
[0040] この発明の外国語レッスン運営管理方法は、ネイティブスピーカを講師とし、語学力 のレベルが一定のゾーンにある少人数の生徒をグルーピングして外国語レッスンを 実施する外国語レッスン運営管理方法であって、生徒毎に生成され、当該生徒の現 在の語学力のレベルとこれまでに学習されたテキストの履歴を含むレッスン履歴が記 録されるカルテと、講師のスケジュールが登録される講師スケジュールテーブルと、レ ッスン枠が生成され、所定人数の生徒と指導する講師と使用するブースの番号とが 登録されるレッスンテーブルとを備え、生徒からレッスンの申込みを受付け、レッスン の希望日時を取得するステップと、前記カルテを参照して当該生徒のレベルを取得 するステップと、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得された希望日時に前記取得された レベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が生成されている場合であつ て、当該レッスン枠に所定人数の生徒が登録されていない場合に、当該レッスン枠に 当該生徒を登録するステップと、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得された希望日時 に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が生成さ れて 、な 、かまたは生成されて ヽても当該レッスン枠に所定人数の生徒が登録され ている場合であって、講師スケジュールテーブルを参照して前記取得された希望日 時に対応可能であって 、ずれのレッスン枠にも登録されて ヽな 、講師が存在する場 合に、前記レッスンテーブルに新たなレッスン枠を生成し、当該生徒と当該講師と新 規のブース番号とを登録するステップとを有するレッスン設定ステップと、前記レツス ンテーブルに生成された各レッスン枠について、当該レッスン枠に登録された生徒に よって定まるゾーンにおいて使用するテキストのうち当該レッスン枠に登録されたいず れの生徒も未学習であるユニットを抽出して選定するステップと、レッスンにおいて使 用されたユニットをカルテに記録するステップとを有するテキスト選定ステップとを備 えたものである。  [0040] The foreign language lesson management method of the present invention is a foreign language lesson management method in which a native speaker is a lecturer and a small number of students in a certain level of language ability are grouped to implement a foreign language lesson. An instructor that is created for each student and records the lesson history including the current level of language ability of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, and the instructor's schedule A schedule table and a lesson table in which a lesson frame is generated and a predetermined number of students, instructors to be instructed, and booth numbers to be used are registered, accepting lesson applications from students and obtaining the desired date and time of lessons Obtaining a level of the student with reference to the medical record, and acquiring the acquired level of the lesson table. If a lesson frame has been created in which students in the same zone as the acquired level are registered at the desired date and time, and a predetermined number of students have not been registered in the lesson frame, the lesson frame will be displayed. A step of registering the student and a lesson frame in which a student in the same zone as the acquired level is registered at the acquired desired date and time of the lesson table is generated, or is generated. However, even if a certain number of students are registered in the lesson frame, it is possible to respond to the desired date obtained by referring to the instructor schedule table and registered in the lesson frame. If there is an instructor, a step of creating a new lesson frame in the lesson table and registering the student, the instructor and a new booth number For each lesson frame generated in the lesson setting step and each lesson frame generated in the lesson table, any student who wants to be registered in the lesson frame out of the text used in the zone determined by the student registered in the lesson frame It includes a text selection step that includes extracting and selecting unlearned units and recording the units used in the lesson in a medical record.
[0041] この発明によれば、各生徒別に現在の語学力のレベルが記録されたカルテが発行 され、レッスン設定ステップにより、生徒からのレッスンの申込みを受付け、講師スケ ジュールテーブルを参照して生徒が希望する日時に対応可能な講師が存在する場 合にレッスン枠が設定され、レベルが一定のゾーンにある生徒がグルーピングされる ので、各生徒はレベルの向上に合わせて常に適切な生徒とグルーピングされるととも に、定員に満たないレッスンが設定されることが少なくなり、低価格で良質なレッスン が提供される。 [0041] According to the present invention, a chart in which the current level of language ability is recorded for each student is issued, and the lesson setting step accepts an application for a lesson from the student, and the instructor schedule. When there is an instructor who can correspond to the date and time the student wants by referring to the joule table, a lesson frame is set and students in a certain level zone are grouped. In addition to being grouped with the appropriate students at all times, less less than lessons are set, and good quality lessons are offered at a low price.
尚、生徒の現在のレベルについては、レッスン終了後に講師が各生徒のレベルを 判定してレベルの向上があればカルテに記録されたレベルを適宜更新するようにし てもよぐ後述のようにレベルが向上したと認められる生徒に対して別途レベルチエツ クを行 、、その判定結果をカルテに記録するようにしてもょ 、。  As for the current level of students, the instructor will determine the level of each student after the lesson and if the level is improved, the level recorded in the chart may be updated as appropriate. A separate level check may be conducted for students who are found to have improved, and the results of the judgment recorded in the chart.
また、カルテには、各生徒がこれまでのレッスンにおいて学習したテキストの履歴が 記録され、テキスト選定ステップにより、グルーピングされた生徒によって定まるゾーン において使用されるテキストのうち、いずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットが抽出され 、これに基づいてレッスンにおいて使用するユニットが決定されるので、生徒にとって 既に学習済みのレッスンが繰り返して提供されることが抑制され、生徒一人一人のレ ベルの向上にあわせた適切なカリキュラムが提供される。  In addition, the history of the texts that each student has learned in previous lessons is recorded in the medical record, and any text that is used in the zone defined by the grouped students in the text selection step is not yet learned. Since a unit is extracted and the unit to be used in the lesson is determined based on this, it is possible to prevent students from repeatedly providing lessons that have already been learned, and to improve the level of each student. Appropriate curriculum is provided.
この発明の外国語レッスン運営管理方法は、ネイティブスピーカを講師とし、語学力 のレベルが一定のゾーンにある少人数の生徒をグルーピングして外国語レッスンを 実施する外国語レッスン運営管理方法であって、生徒毎に生成され、当該生徒の現 在の語学力のレベルとこれまでに学習されたテキストの履歴を含むレッスン履歴が記 録されるカルテと、講師のスケジュールが登録される講師スケジュールテーブルと、レ ッスン枠が生成され、所定人数の生徒と指導する講師と使用するブースの番号とが 登録されるレッスンテーブルとを備え、前記レッスンテーブルに対して、レッスン日の 一定期間前に、前記講師スケジュールテーブルを参照して講師が対応可能な時間 帯にレッスン枠を生成し、当該生成されたレッスン枠に当該講師を登録するステップ を有するレッスン枠生成ステップと、生徒からレッスンの申込みを受付け、レッスンの 希望日時を取得するステップと、前記カルテを参照して当該生徒のレベルを取得す るステップと、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得された希望日時に前記取得されたレ ベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が存在する場合であって、当該 レッスン枠に所定人数の生徒が登録されていない場合に、当該レッスン枠に当該生 徒を登録するステップと、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得された希望日時に前記 取得されたレベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が存在しないかま たは存在していても当該レッスン枠に所定人数の生徒が登録されている場合であつ て、生徒が未登録のレッスン枠が存在する場合に、当該未登録のレッスン枠に当該 生徒を登録するステップとを有するレッスン設定ステップと、前記レッスンテーブルに 生成された各レッスン枠について、当該レッスン枠に登録された生徒によって定まる ゾーンにおいて使用するテキストのうち当該レッスン枠に登録されたいずれの生徒も 未学習であるユニットを抽出して選定するステップと、レッスンにおいて使用されたュ ニットをカルテに記録するステップとを有するテキスト選定ステップとを備えたものであ る。 The foreign language lesson management method of the present invention is a foreign language lesson management method in which a native speaker is a lecturer and a small number of students in a certain level of language ability are grouped to implement a foreign language lesson. A chart that records the lesson history that is generated for each student and includes the current level of language ability of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, and a teacher schedule table that stores the teacher's schedule A lesson table in which a lesson frame is generated and a predetermined number of students, an instructor to instruct and a booth number to be used are registered. Referring to the schedule table, generate a lesson frame at a time when the instructor can handle it, and the instructor in the generated lesson frame A lesson frame generation step having a step of registering, a step of receiving a lesson application from a student, obtaining a desired date and time of the lesson, a step of referring to the medical record to obtain the level of the student, and a step of the lesson table There is a lesson frame in which students in the same zone as the acquired level are registered at the acquired desired date and time, When a predetermined number of students are not registered in the lesson frame, the step of registering the student in the lesson frame and students in the same zone as the acquired level at the acquired desired date and time of the lesson table If there is no lesson frame that has been registered or if there is a specified number of students registered in the lesson frame and there are unregistered lesson frames, A lesson setting step including a step of registering the student in a registered lesson frame, and for each lesson frame generated in the lesson table, the lesson out of the text used in a zone determined by the student registered in the lesson frame Steps to extract and select units that are not yet learned by any student registered in the frame, and lessons Ru der that a text selection step and a step of recording the Interview knit is Oite used to chart.
この発明によれば、各生徒別に現在の語学力のレベルが記録されたカルテが発行 され、レッスン枠生成ステップにより、レッスン日の一定期間前に講師スケジュールテ 一ブルを参照して講師が対応可能な時間帯にレッスン枠が生成され、レッスン設定ス テツプにより、生徒からのレッスンの申込みを受付け、生徒が希望する日時のレッスン 枠にレベルが一定のゾーンにある生徒がグルーピングされて登録されるので、各生 徒はレベルの向上に合わせて常に適切な生徒とグルーピングされるとともに、定員に 満たないレッスンが設定されることが少なくなり、低価格で良質なレッスンが提供され る。  According to this invention, a chart that records the current level of language ability is issued for each student, and the lesson frame generation step allows the instructor to refer to the instructor schedule table for a certain period before the lesson day. A lesson frame is generated at a certain time, and the lesson setting step accepts lesson applications from students, and students in a certain level zone are grouped and registered in the lesson frame of the student's desired date and time. Each student is always grouped with the appropriate students as their level improves, and less less than lessons are set, and good quality lessons are offered at a low price.
尚、生徒の現在のレベルについては、レッスン終了後に講師が各生徒のレベルを 判定してレベルの向上があればカルテに記録されたレベルを適宜更新するようにし てもよぐ後述のようにレベルが向上したと認められる生徒に対して別途レベルチエツ クを行 、、その判定結果をカルテに記録するようにしてもょ 、。  As for the current level of students, the instructor will determine the level of each student after the lesson and if the level is improved, the level recorded in the chart may be updated as appropriate. A separate level check may be conducted for students who are found to have improved, and the results of the judgment recorded in the chart.
また、カルテには、各生徒がこれまでのレッスンにおいて学習したテキストの履歴が 記録され、テキスト選定ステップにより、グルーピングされた生徒によって定まるゾーン において使用されるテキストのうち、いずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットが抽出され 、これに基づいてレッスンにおいて使用するユニットが決定されるので、生徒にとって 既に学習済みのレッスンが繰り返して提供されることが抑制され、生徒一人一人のレ ベルの向上にあわせた適切なカリキュラムが提供される。 In addition, the history of the texts that each student has learned in previous lessons is recorded in the medical record, and any text that is used in the zone defined by the grouped students in the text selection step is not yet learned. Since a unit is extracted and the unit to be used in the lesson is determined based on this unit, it is suppressed that the lesson that has already been learned is repeatedly provided to the student, and the level of each student is reduced. An appropriate curriculum tailored to the improvement of the bell is provided.
[0044] この発明の外国語レッスン運営管理方法は、ネイティブスピーカを講師とし、語学力 のレベルが一定のゾーンにある少人数の生徒をグルーピングして外国語レッスンを 実施する外国語レッスン運営管理方法であって、生徒毎に生成され、当該生徒の現 在の語学力のレベルとこれまでに学習されたテキストの履歴を含むレッスン履歴が記 録されるカルテと、講師のスケジュールが登録される講師スケジュールテーブルと、レ ッスン枠が生成され、所定人数の生徒と指導する講師と使用するブースの番号とが 登録されるレッスンテーブルとを備え、前記レッスンテーブルに対して、レッスン日の 一定期間前に、前記講師スケジュールテーブルを参照して講師が対応可能な時間 帯にブース番号を指定してレッスン枠を生成するステップを有するレッスン枠生成ス テツプと、生徒力 レッスンの申込みを受付けるステップと、前記カルテを参照して当 該生徒のレベルを取得するステップと、前記レッスンテーブルに前記取得されたレべ ルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が存在する場合であって所定人 数の生徒が登録されて 、な 、レッスン枠と生徒が未登録のレッスン枠とを受入れ可 能なレッスン枠として提示するステップと、前記提示されたレッスン枠のうち当該生徒 により選択されたレッスン枠に当該生徒を登録するステップとを有するレッスン設定ス テツプと、前記レッスンテーブルに生成された各レッスン枠について、当該レッスン枠 に登録された生徒によって定まるゾーンにぉ 、て使用するテキストのうち当該レッスン 枠に登録されたいずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットを抽出して選定するステップと 、レッスンにお 、て使用されたユニットをカルテに記録するステップとを有するテキスト 選定ステップとを備えたものである。  [0044] The foreign language lesson operation management method of the present invention is a foreign language lesson operation management method in which a native speaker is a lecturer and a small number of students in a certain level of language ability are grouped to implement a foreign language lesson. An instructor that is created for each student and records the lesson history including the current level of language ability of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, and the instructor's schedule A schedule table and a lesson table in which a lesson frame is generated, a predetermined number of students, instructors to be instructed, and booth numbers to be used are registered. , Referring to the instructor schedule table, generating a lesson frame by designating a booth number in a time slot that the instructor can handle Lesson frame generation step to be performed, a step of accepting an application for a lesson of student ability, a step of obtaining the level of the student by referring to the medical record, and the same level as the acquired level in the lesson table If there is a lesson frame in which a student is registered and a predetermined number of students have been registered, a step of presenting the lesson frame and an unregistered lesson frame as acceptable lesson frames and The lesson setting step including the step of registering the student in the lesson frame selected by the student among the presented lesson frames, and each lesson frame generated in the lesson table are registered in the lesson frame. In the zone defined by the selected student, any text registered in that lesson frame will be used. Also those having the steps of selecting and extracting a unit not learned, and text selection step and a step of recording your lessons, the units used Te medical record.
[0045] この発明によれば、各生徒別に現在の語学力のレベルが記録されたカルテが発行 され、レッスン枠生成ステップにより、レッスン日の一定期間前に講師スケジュールテ 一ブルを参照して講師が対応可能な時間帯にレッスン枠が生成され、レッスン設定ス テツプにより、生徒からのレッスンの申込みを受付け、当該生徒のレベルと同一ゾー ンにある生徒が登録されている力未登録のレッスン枠が受入れ可能なレッスン枠とし て提示され、その中から当該生徒により選択されたレッスン枠に登録されるので、レ ベルが一定のゾーンにある生徒がグルーピングされ、各生徒はレベルの向上に合わ せて常に適切な生徒とグルーピングされるとともに、定員に満たないレッスンが設定さ れることが少なくなり、低価格で良質なレッスンが提供される。 [0045] According to the present invention, a chart in which the current level of language ability is recorded for each student is issued, and the lesson frame generation step refers to the instructor schedule table by referring to the instructor schedule table a certain period before the lesson day. A lesson frame is generated in a time slot that can be handled by the lesson, and the lesson setting step accepts a lesson application from a student and a student in the same zone as the student's level is registered. Is presented as an acceptable lesson frame, and is registered in the lesson frame selected by the student, so that students in a certain level zone are grouped, and each student is adjusted to improve their level. In addition to being grouped with the appropriate students at all times, lesson lessons will be set less and high-quality lessons will be offered at a low price.
尚、生徒の現在のレベルについては、レッスン終了後に講師が各生徒のレベルを 判定してレベルの向上があればカルテに記録されたレベルを適宜更新するようにし てもよぐ後述のようにレベルが向上したと認められる生徒に対して別途レベルチエツ クを行 、、その判定結果をカルテに記録するようにしてもょ 、。  As for the current level of students, the instructor will determine the level of each student after the lesson and if the level is improved, the level recorded in the chart may be updated as appropriate. A separate level check may be conducted for students who are found to have improved, and the results of the judgment recorded in the chart.
また、カルテには、各生徒がこれまでのレッスンにおいて学習したテキストの履歴が 記録され、テキスト選定ステップにより、グルーピングされた生徒によって定まるゾーン において使用されるテキストのうち、いずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットが抽出され 、これに基づいてレッスンにおいて使用するユニットが決定されるので、生徒にとって 既に学習済みのレッスンが繰り返して提供されることが抑制され、生徒一人一人のレ ベルの向上にあわせた適切なカリキュラムが提供される。  In addition, the history of the texts that each student has learned in previous lessons is recorded in the medical record, and any text that is used in the zone defined by the grouped students in the text selection step is not yet learned. Since a unit is extracted and the unit to be used in the lesson is determined based on this, it is possible to prevent students from repeatedly providing lessons that have already been learned, and to improve the level of each student. Appropriate curriculum is provided.
[0046] この発明の外国語レッスン運営管理方法は、レッスンを実施した講師力 レベルが 向上したと認められる生徒にっ 、てレベルチェックの受験推薦を取得するステップと 、前記レベルチェックの受験推薦が記録された生徒力 受験の申込みを受付け、レ ベルチエックの希望日時を取得して記録するステップと、前記講師スケジュールテー ブルを参照し、前記取得された希望日時に対応可能な講師が存在する場合に、前 記レッスンテーブルの前記取得された希望日時にレベルチェック枠を生成し、当該 生徒と当該講師を登録するステップと、レベルチェックを実施した講師力 受験した 生徒のレベル判定結果を取得し、当該受験した生徒のカルテに記録するステップと を有するレベル管理ステップを備えたものである。  [0046] The foreign language lesson management method of the present invention comprises the steps of obtaining a recommendation for taking a level check for a student who has been recognized as having improved his / her instructor's ability level; Recorded student ability When receiving an application for the examination, obtaining and recording the desired date and time of the level check, and referring to the instructor schedule table, if there is an instructor who can handle the obtained desired date and time In addition, a level check frame is generated at the acquired desired date and time in the lesson table, the step of registering the student and the instructor, the instructor ability who performed the level check, and the level judgment result of the student who took the exam, And a level management step having a step of recording in the medical record of the student who took the examination.
[0047] この発明によれば、レベル管理ステップにより、レッスンを実施した講師からレベル が向上したと認められる生徒についてレベルチェックの受験推薦が取得され、当該 生徒は希望する日時にレベルチェックを受験することができ、レベルチェックを実施し た講師によりレベル判定結果が生徒のカルテに記録されるので、各生徒の現在のレ ベルがより正確に判定され、より良質なレッスンを低価格で提供できる。  [0047] According to the present invention, in the level management step, the recommendation for taking the level check is obtained for the student who is recognized as having improved the level from the instructor who conducted the lesson, and the student takes the level check at the desired date and time. The level check results are recorded in the student's chart by the instructor who performed the level check, so that each student's current level can be determined more accurately and a better quality lesson can be provided at a low price.
[0048] この発明の外国語レッスン運営管理方法は、レッスン日の直前に、前記レッスンテ 一ブルに生成された各レッスン枠に登録されている講師を当該レッスン枠に登録され て 、る 、ずれの生徒にっ 、ても所定期間以上指導した実績のな 、講師に再設定す るステップを有するレッスン最適化ステップを備えたものである。 [0048] In the foreign language lesson management method of the present invention, the instructor registered in each lesson frame generated in the lesson table is registered in the lesson frame immediately before the lesson date. Thus, even a misplaced student has a lesson optimization step having a step of resetting to a teacher who has not been instructed for a predetermined period or longer.
[0049] この発明によれば、レッスン最適化ステップにより、レッスン日の直前に、各レッスン 枠に登録されて 、る講師を当該レッスン枠に登録されて 、る 、ずれの生徒につ!、て も所定期間以上指導した実績のない講師に再設定する機能を有するので、各生徒 はいろんなタイプの講師によって満遍なく指導され、外国語への対応力をより向上さ せることができる。  [0049] According to the present invention, in the lesson optimization step, the instructor registered in each lesson frame is registered in the lesson frame immediately before the lesson day, and the student is registered in the lesson frame. Since it has the function of resetting to instructors who have not been instructed for a certain period of time or more, each student can be instructed uniformly by various types of instructors and can further improve their ability to speak foreign languages.
尚、レッスン日の直前とは、例えばレッスンの前日でもよぐレッスンの当日でもよい 1S レッスンの当日の場合は講師の準備や生徒への通告の問題があるので、最初の レッスンが開始される前にレッスンの最適化を完了しておくことが好ましい。  The day before the lesson day may be the day before the lesson, for example, or the day of the lesson. For the day of the 1S lesson, there is a problem with the preparation of the instructor or the student's notification, so before the first lesson starts. It is preferable to complete lesson optimization.
また、所定期間以上指導した実績のないことには、例えば同じ日に続けて同じ講師 に設定されないことを含む。  Also, the fact that there is no record of instructing for a predetermined period or longer includes, for example, not being assigned to the same instructor on the same day.
また、レッスン最適化ステップとして、レッスン日の直前に、講師の登録情報に基づ き、各レッスンに登録されている各生徒をこれまでに指導した講師の出身地と異なる 出身地の講師に再設定する機能を有するようにしてもよい。これにより、生徒は講師 の出身地による微妙な発音やイントネーションの違いにも対応できるようになり、外国 語への対応力をより向上させることができる。  Also, as a lesson optimization step, just before the lesson date, based on the instructor registration information, each student registered in each lesson is re-introduced to a different instructor's hometown from the instructor's hometown. You may make it have the function to set. As a result, students will be able to cope with subtle pronunciation and intonation differences depending on the teacher's hometown, and improve their ability to handle foreign languages.
[0050] この発明の外国語レッスン運営管理方法は、レッスン日の直前に、前記レッスンテ 一ブルに生成された各レッスン枠に登録されている生徒を同一時間帯の他のレツス ン枠に登録されて ヽる生徒と入れ替えて各レッスン枠に登録されて ヽる生徒のレべ ルを均一化するステップを有するレッスン最適化ステップを備えたものである。 [0050] In the foreign language lesson management method of the present invention, immediately before the lesson date, the students registered in each lesson frame generated in the lesson table are registered in other lesson frames of the same time period. It is equipped with a lesson optimization step that includes steps to equalize the level of the students who are registered in each lesson frame in place of the students who are learning.
[0051] この発明によれば、レッスン最適化ステップにより、グルーピングされる生徒のレべ ルが均一化されるので、より密度の高!ヽレッスンを提供できる。  [0051] According to the present invention, the lesson optimization step makes the level of the students grouped uniform, so that a less dense lesson can be provided.
尚、レッスン日の直前とは、例えばレッスンの前日でもよぐレッスンの当日でもよい 1S レッスンの当日の場合は講師の準備や生徒への通告の問題があるので、最初の レッスンが開始される前にレッスンの最適化を完了しておくことが好ましい。  The day before the lesson day may be the day before the lesson, for example, or the day of the lesson. For the day of the 1S lesson, there is a problem with the preparation of the instructor or the student's notification, so before the first lesson starts. It is preferable to complete lesson optimization.
また、所定期間以上指導した実績のないことには、例えば同じ日に続けて同じ講師 に設定されないことを含む。 また、レッスン最適化ステップとして、レッスン日の直前に、各レッスンに登録されて いる各生徒について、カルテ力 これまでに学習されたテキストの履歴を取得し、前 記レッスンテーブルに生成された各レッスン枠に登録されている生徒を同一時間帯 の他のレッスン枠に登録されている生徒と入替えてこれまでに学習されたテキストの 近!、生徒がグルーピングされるように再設定する機能を有するようにしてもょ ヽ。これ により、各レッスンにおいてより適切なテキストを選定でき、より密度の高いレッスンを 提供できる。 Also, the fact that there is no record of instructing for a predetermined period or longer includes, for example, not being assigned to the same instructor on the same day. In addition, as a lesson optimization step, just before the lesson day, for each student registered in each lesson, a record of the texts learned so far is obtained and each lesson generated in the lesson table is acquired. It is possible to replace the students registered in the frame with students registered in other lesson frames in the same time period, and to reset the students so that they are grouped near the text learned so far! Anyway ヽ. This allows you to select a more appropriate text for each lesson and provide a more dense lesson.
この発明の外国語レッスン運営管理方法は、複数の場所にスクールを設け、ネィテ イブスピーカを講師とし、語学力のレベルが一定のゾーンにある少人数の生徒をダル 一ビングして外国語レッスンを実施する外国語レッスン運営管理方法であって、生徒 毎に生成され、当該生徒の現在の語学力のレベルとこれまでに学習されたテキストの 履歴を含むレッスン履歴が記録されるカルテと、出勤場所を含む講師のスケジュール が登録される講師スケジュールテーブルと、レッスン場所毎にレッスン枠が生成され、 所定人数の生徒と指導する講師と使用するブースの番号とが登録されるレッスンテ 一ブルとを備え、生徒力もレッスンの申込みを受付け、レッスン場所と希望日時を取 得するステップと、前記カルテを参照して当該生徒のレベルを取得するステップと、 前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得されたレッスン場所の希望日時に前記取得された レベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が生成されている場合であつ て、当該レッスン枠に所定人数の生徒が登録されていない場合に、当該レッスン枠に 当該生徒を登録するステップと、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得されたレッスン場 所の希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録されたレツス ン枠が生成されて ヽな 、かまたは生成されて 、ても当該レッスン枠に所定人数の生 徒が登録されて 、る場合であって、講師スケジュールテーブルを参照して前記取得 された希望日時において前記取得されたレッスン場所が出勤場所として登録されて いて、いずれのレッスン枠にも登録されていない講師が存在する場合に、前記レツス ンテーブルの前記取得されたレッスン場所の希望日時に新たなレッスン枠を生成し、 当該生徒と当該講師と新規のブース番号とを登録するステップと、前記レッスンテー ブルの前記取得されたレッスン場所の希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾー ンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が生成されて 、な 、かまたは生成されて ヽても 当該レッスン枠に所定人数の生徒が登録されて 、る場合であって、講師スケジユー ルテーブルを参照して前記取得された希望日時において、前記取得されたレッスン 場所が出勤場所として登録されて!、て 、ずれのレッスン枠にも登録されて 、な!/ヽ講 師は存在しないが、前記取得されたレッスン場所と同一のエリア内の他のスクールに 出勤場所が登録されて 、て、移動時間を含めて 、ずれのレッスン枠にも登録されて V、な 、講師が存在する場合に、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得されたレッスン場 所の希望日時に新たなレッスン枠を生成し、当該生徒と当該講師と新規のブース番 号とを登録するステップと、前記講師スケジュールテーブルの前記取得された希望日 時と前記レッスン場所を記録し、前記移動時間中に移動中である旨を記録するステツ プとを有するレッスン設定ステップと、前記レッスンテーブルに生成された各レッスン 枠について、当該レッスン枠に登録された生徒によって定まるゾーンにおいて使用す るテキストのうち当該レッスン枠に登録されたいずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットを 抽出して選定するステップと、レッスンにおいて使用されたユニットをカルテに記録す るステップとを有するテキスト選定ステップとを備えたものである。 The foreign language lesson management method according to the present invention has schools in multiple locations, with native speakers as instructors, and dulls a small number of students in a certain level of language ability to teach foreign language lessons. A foreign language lesson management and management method that is created for each student and records the lesson history including the current level of language ability of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, and the place of attendance A lesson table where the schedule of instructors is registered, a lesson table where a lesson frame is generated for each lesson location, and a predetermined number of students, the instructor to be instructed, and the booth number to be used are registered, Student ability also accepts lesson application, gets lesson location and desired date and time, and refers to the level of the student And when a lesson frame in which students in the same zone as the acquired level are registered at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location in the lesson table is generated in the lesson frame. When a predetermined number of students are not registered, students in the same zone as the acquired level at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location in the lesson table and the step of registering the student in the lesson frame If a lesson frame is registered or created, even if a predetermined number of students are registered in the lesson frame, refer to the instructor schedule table. The acquired lesson place is registered as the attendance place at the desired date and time acquired, and it is registered in any lesson frame. If there is no instructor, a step of generating a new lesson frame at a desired date and time of the acquired lesson location in the lesson table, registering the student, the instructor, and a new booth number; and The same zone as the acquired level at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location in the table. If a lesson frame is created with a student registered in the class, or if a certain number of students are registered in that lesson frame, refer to the instructor schedule table. Then, at the desired date and time acquired, the acquired lesson location is registered as a work attendance place! There is no instructor, but the attendance location is registered in another school in the same area as the lesson location obtained above, and it is also registered in the lesson frame including the travel time. If a lecturer exists, a step of creating a new lesson frame at a desired date and time of the acquired lesson location in the lesson table and registering the student, the lecturer, and a new booth number; A lesson setting step having a step of recording the acquired desired date and time of the lesson location in the instructor schedule table and recording the fact that the lesson is being moved during the travel time, and is generated in the lesson table. For each lesson frame, any text registered in the lesson frame out of the text used in the zone determined by the students registered in the lesson frame. Students and those having the steps of selecting and extracting a unit not learned, and text selection step and a step that records the units used in the lesson chart.
この発明によれば、各生徒別に現在の語学力のレベルが記録されたカルテが発行 され、レッスン設定ステップにより、生徒からのレッスンの申込みを受付け、講師スケ ジュールテーブルを参照して生徒が希望する日時に当該レッスン場所が出勤場所と して登録されて ヽて対応可能な講師が存在する場合にレッスン枠が設定され、レべ ルが一定のゾーンにある生徒がグルーピングされるので、各生徒はレベルの向上に 合わせて常に適切な生徒とグルーピングされるとともに、定員に満たないレッスンが 設定されることが少なくなり、低価格で良質なレッスンが提供される。  According to the present invention, a chart in which the current level of language ability is recorded is issued for each student, and the lesson setting step accepts an application for a lesson from the student, and the student desires by referring to the instructor schedule table. When a lesson place is registered as a work place at the time of day and there is a lecturer who can respond to it, a lesson frame is set and students in a certain level zone are grouped, so each student As the level improves, students are always grouped together with the appropriate students, and lesson lessons are set less frequently, and good quality lessons are offered at a low price.
また、生徒が希望する日時に当該レッスン場所が出勤場所として登録されていて対 応可能な講師が存在しない場合であって、当該レッスン場所と同一のエリア内の他 のスクールに出勤場所が登録されていて移動時間を含めて対応可能である講師が 存在する場合に、当該講師を当該レッスン場所に派遣させてレッスンをするレッスン 枠が設定され、レベルが一定のゾーンにある生徒がグルーピングされるので、生徒の 希望日時が一時的に片寄った場合でもレッスンを提供でき、講師のアイドル時間が 低減され、より低価格で良質なレッスンを提供できる。 Also, if the lesson place is registered as a work place at the date and time desired by the student and there is no instructor available, the work place is registered in another school in the same area as the lesson place. If there is an instructor who can respond, including travel time, a lesson frame is set for sending the instructor to the lesson location and giving lessons, and students in a certain level zone are grouped. , We can offer lessons even if the student's desired date and time is temporarily offset, and the instructor's idle time Reduced, can provide better lessons at lower prices.
尚、生徒の現在のレベルについては、生徒の現在のレベルについては、レッスン終 了後に講師が各生徒のレベルを判定してレベルの向上があればカルテに記録され たレベルを適宜更新するようにしてもよぐ後述のようにレベルが向上したと認められ る生徒に対して別途レベルチヱックを行 、、その判定結果をカルテに記録するように してちよい。  Regarding the student's current level, the teacher will determine the level of each student after the lesson is completed, and if there is an improvement in the level, update the level recorded in the chart accordingly. However, as will be described later, a level check may be separately conducted for students whose level is recognized to have improved, and the determination result recorded in the medical record.
また、カルテには、各生徒がこれまでのレッスンにおいて学習したテキストの履歴が 記録され、テキスト選定ステップにより、グルーピングされた生徒によって定まるゾーン において使用されるテキストのうち、いずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットが抽出され 、これに基づいてレッスンにおいて使用するユニットが決定されるので、生徒にとって 既に学習済みのレッスンが繰り返して提供されることが抑制され、生徒一人一人のレ ベルの向上にあわせた適切なカリキュラムが提供される。  In addition, the history of the texts that each student has learned in previous lessons is recorded in the medical record, and any text that is used in the zone defined by the grouped students in the text selection step is not yet learned. Since a unit is extracted and the unit to be used in the lesson is determined based on this, it is possible to prevent students from repeatedly providing lessons that have already been learned, and to improve the level of each student. Appropriate curriculum is provided.
尚、レッスン場所は、レッスンの申込みにおいて生徒が自由に選択できるようにして もよぐ生徒が登録されて 、るスクールに限定するようにしてもょ 、。  In addition, the lesson place may be limited to the school where the student is registered so that the student can freely select when applying for the lesson.
この発明の外国語レッスン運営管理方法は、複数の場所にスクールを設け、ネィテ イブスピーカを講師とし、語学力のレベルが一定のゾーンにある少人数の生徒をダル 一ビングして外国語レッスンを実施する外国語レッスン運営管理方法であって、生徒 毎に生成され、当該生徒の現在の語学力のレベルとこれまでに学習されたテキストの 履歴を含むレッスン履歴が記録されるカルテと、講師のスケジュールが登録される講 師スケジュールテーブルと、レッスン場所毎にレッスン枠が生成され、所定人数の生 徒と指導する講師と使用するブースの番号とが登録されるレッスンテーブルとを備え 、前記レッスンテーブルに対して、レッスン日の一定期間前に、前記講師スケジユー ルテーブルを参照して講師が出勤予定のレッスン場所の対応可能な時間帯にブー ス番号を指定してレッスン枠を生成するステップを有するレッスン枠生成ステップと、 生徒からレッスンの申込みを受付け、レッスン場所と希望日時を取得するステップと、 前記カルテを参照して当該生徒のレベルを取得するステップと、前記レッスンテープ ルの前記取得されたレッスン場所の希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーン にある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が存在する場合であって、所定人数の生徒が登 録されていない場合に、当該レッスン枠に当該生徒を登録するステップと、前記レツ スンテーブルの前記取得されたレッスン場所の希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと 同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が存在しな 、かまたは存在して ヽても 所定人数の生徒が登録されて 、る場合であって、前記取得されたレッスン場所にお いて生徒が未登録のレッスン枠が存在する場合に、当該未登録のレッスン枠に当該 生徒を登録するステップと、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得されたレッスン場所の 希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠 が存在しな 、かまたは存在して 、ても所定人数の生徒が登録されて 、る場合であつ て、前記取得されたレッスン場所にぉ 、て生徒が未登録のレッスン枠が存在しな ヽ 場合に、一定のエリア内の他のレッスン場所のレッスンテーブルを参照して、移動時 間を含めて登録されている講師が対応可能であって生徒が未登録であるレッスン枠 を前記取得されたレッスン場所に振替え、当該生徒を登録するステップとを有するレ ッスン設定ステップと、前記レッスンテーブルに生成された各レッスン枠について、当 該レッスン枠に登録された生徒によって定まるゾーンにおいて使用するテキストのうち 当該レッスン枠に登録されたいずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットを抽出して選定す るステップと、レッスンにぉ 、て使用されたユニットをカルテに記録するステップとを有 するテキスト選定ステップとを備えたものである。 The foreign language lesson management method according to the present invention has schools in multiple locations, with native speakers as instructors, and dulls a small number of students in a certain level of language ability to teach foreign language lessons. This is a foreign language lesson management and management method that is generated for each student and records the lesson history including the current level of language ability of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, A lesson table in which a schedule is registered, and a lesson table in which a lesson frame is generated for each lesson location, and a predetermined number of students, an instructor to instruct, and a booth number to be used are registered. In response to the lesson place where the instructor is going to work by referring to the instructor schedule table before a certain period of the lesson day. A lesson frame generation step having a step of generating a lesson frame by specifying a booth number during a valid time period, a step of receiving a lesson application from a student, obtaining a lesson location and a desired date and time, and referring to the medical record Acquiring a level of the student, and when there is a lesson frame in which students in the same zone as the acquired level are registered at a desired date and time of the acquired lesson location of the lesson table. A certain number of students If not recorded, the step of registering the student in the lesson frame, and a lesson in which students in the same zone as the acquired level at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location on the lesson table are registered If a frame does not exist or if a certain number of students are registered even if they exist, and there is a lesson frame in which the student is not registered in the acquired lesson location There are a step of registering the student in the unregistered lesson frame, and a lesson frame in which students in the same zone as the acquired level are registered at a desired date and time of the acquired lesson place in the lesson table. Even if a certain number of students are registered even if they exist, the lesson where the student has not registered is registered at the acquired lesson location. If the frame does not exist レ ッ ス ン Refer to the lesson table of other lesson places in a certain area, lessons that can be accommodated by the registered instructor including moving time, and students are not registered For each lesson frame generated in the lesson table, a zone that is determined by the students registered in the lesson frame, including a step of transferring the frame to the acquired lesson location and registering the student. There is a step to extract and select units that are unlearned by any student registered in the lesson frame, and a step to record the units used in the lesson. And a text selection step.
この発明によれば、各生徒別に現在の語学力のレベルが記録されたカルテが発行 され、レッスン枠生成ステップにより、レッスン日の一定期間前に講師スケジュールテ 一ブルを参照して講師が出勤予定のレッスン場所の対応可能な時間帯にレッスン枠 が生成され、レッスン設定ステップにより、生徒力 のレッスンの申込みを受付け、生 徒が希望する日時の当該レッスン場所に未登録のレッスン枠が存在する場合に当該 生徒が登録され、レベルが一定のゾーンにある生徒がグルーピングされるので、各生 徒はレベルの向上に合わせて常に適切な生徒とグルーピングされるとともに、定員に 満たないレッスンが設定されることが少なくなり、低価格で良質なレッスンが提供され る。  According to the present invention, a chart in which the current level of language ability is recorded for each student is issued, and the lesson frame generation step refers to the instructor schedule table for a certain period before the lesson day, and the instructor is scheduled to attend work. When a lesson frame is generated at a time zone that can be accommodated at a lesson location, and the lesson setting step accepts a student lesson application, and there is an unregistered lesson frame at the lesson location at the date and time desired by the student Since the students are registered in the group and students in a certain level zone are grouped, each student is always grouped with the appropriate students as the level improves, and lesson less than the capacity is set Less and less expensive, better quality lessons.
また、生徒が希望する日時の当該レッスン場所に未登録のレッスン枠が存在しない 力または存在しても満席の場合であって、当該レッスン場所と同一のエリア内の他の スクールに未登録のレッスン枠が存在し、
Figure imgf000029_0001
、る講師が移動時間を含めて 対応可能である場合に、当該レッスン枠が当該レッスン場所に振替えられ、レベルが 一定のゾーンにある生徒がグルーピングされるので、生徒の希望日時が一時的に片 寄った場合でもレッスンを提供でき、講師のアイドル時間が低減され、より低価格で 良質なレッスンを提供できる。
In addition, if there is no unregistered lesson frame at the lesson location at the date and time desired by the student, or if the lesson frame is full even if it exists, other lessons in the same area as the lesson location There is an unregistered lesson frame in the school,
Figure imgf000029_0001
If the instructor is available, including travel time, the lesson frame will be transferred to the lesson location and students in a certain level zone will be grouped. Even if you stop by, you can provide lessons, reduce the instructor's idle time, and provide better lessons at a lower price.
尚、生徒の現在のレベルについては、レッスン終了後に講師が各生徒のレベルを 判定してレベルの向上があればカルテに記録されたレベルを適宜更新するようにし てもよぐ後述のようにレベルが向上したと認められる生徒に対して別途レベルチエツ クを行 、、その判定結果をカルテに記録するようにしてもょ 、。  As for the current level of students, the instructor will determine the level of each student after the lesson and if the level is improved, the level recorded in the chart may be updated as appropriate. A separate level check may be conducted for students who are found to have improved, and the results of the judgment recorded in the chart.
また、カルテには、各生徒がこれまでのレッスンにおいて学習したテキストの履歴が 記録され、テキスト選定ステップにより、グルーピングされた生徒によって定まるゾーン において使用されるテキストのうち、いずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットが抽出され 、これに基づいてレッスンにおいて使用するユニットが決定されるので、生徒にとって 既に学習済みのレッスンが繰り返して提供されることが抑制され、生徒一人一人のレ ベルの向上にあわせた適切なカリキュラムが提供される。  In addition, the history of the texts that each student has learned in previous lessons is recorded in the medical record, and any text that is used in the zone defined by the grouped students in the text selection step is not yet learned. Since a unit is extracted and the unit to be used in the lesson is determined based on this, it is possible to prevent students from repeatedly providing lessons that have already been learned, and to improve the level of each student. Appropriate curriculum is provided.
尚、レッスン場所は、レッスンの申込みにおいて生徒が自由に選択できるようにして もよぐ生徒が登録されて 、るスクールに限定するようにしてもょ 、。  In addition, the lesson place may be limited to the school where the student is registered so that the student can freely select when applying for the lesson.
[0056] この発明の外国語レッスン運営管理方法は、レッスンを実施した講師力 レベルが 向上したと認められる生徒にっ 、てレベルチェックの受験推薦を取得して記録するス テツプと、前記レベルチェックの受験推薦が記録された生徒力 受験の申込みを受 付け、レベルチェックの受験場所と希望日時を取得するステップと、前記講師スケジ ユールテーブルを参照し、前記取得された受験場所の希望日時に対応可能な講師 が存在する場合に、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得された受験場所の希望日時に レベルチェック枠を生成し、当該生徒と当該講師を登録するステップと、レベルチェッ クを実施した講師力 受験した生徒のレベル判定結果を取得し、当該受験した生徒 のカルテに記録するステップとを有するレベル管理ステップを備えたものである。  [0056] The foreign language lesson management method of the present invention comprises a step of acquiring and recording a recommendation for taking a level check for a student who has been recognized as having improved his / her instructor's ability level, and said level check Accepting an application for an examination of a student's ability to take an examination, obtaining the level check examination location and desired date and time, referring to the instructor schedule table, and responding to the desired date and time of the obtained exam location If there is a possible instructor, a level check frame is generated at the desired date and time of the acquired examination place in the lesson table, the step of registering the student and the instructor, and the instructor ability that performed the level check A level management step having a step of acquiring a level judgment result of the acquired student and recording it in a medical record of the student who took the examination Is.
[0057] この発明によれば、レベル管理ステップにより、レッスンを実施した講師からレベル が向上したと認められる生徒についてレベルチェックの受験推薦が取得され、当該 生徒は希望する日時にレベルチェックを受験することができ、レベルチェックを実施し た講師によりレベル判定結果が生徒のカルテに記録されるので、各生徒の現在のレ ベルがより正確に判定され、より良質なレッスンを低価格で提供できる。 [0057] According to the present invention, in the level management step, the recommendation for taking the level check for the student who has been recognized as having improved the level from the instructor who conducted the lesson is obtained. Students can take the level check at the desired date and time, and the level check result is recorded in the student's medical record by the instructor who performed the level check, so that each student's current level is determined more accurately, Provide better quality lessons at a lower price.
[0058] この発明の外国語レッスン運営管理方法は、レッスン日の直前に、前記レッスンテ 一ブルに生成された各レッスン枠に登録されて 、る講師の移動が最小となるように講 師を再設定するステップを有するレッスン最適化ステップを備えたものである。  [0058] According to the foreign language lesson management method of the present invention, immediately before the lesson date, the teacher is registered in each lesson frame generated in the lesson table so that the instructor can be moved to the minimum. A lesson optimization step with steps to set.
[0059] この発明によれば、レッスン最適化ステップにより、レッスン日の直前に、講師の移 動が最小となるように講師が再設定されるので、移動による講師のアイドル時間が低 減され、より効率的なレッスンが提供される。 [0059] According to the present invention, the lesson optimization step resets the instructor so that the instructor's movement is minimized immediately before the lesson day, thereby reducing the instructor's idle time due to movement, More efficient lessons are provided.
[0060] また、前述の外国語レッスン運営管理システムの各手段をステップとした上記以外 の外国語レッスン運営管理方法によっても、前述の外国語レッスン運営管理システム が奏する作用効果と同様の作用効果を奏する。 [0060] Also, the foreign language lesson management management method other than the above using each method of the above-described foreign language lesson management system as a step also achieves the same operational effects as the above-described foreign language lesson management system. Play.
発明の効果  The invention's effect
[0061] 本願発明によれば、ネイティブスピーカを講師とする少人数制のレッスンを生徒が 希望する日時に提供でき、かつ生徒一人一人のレベルの向上に合わせた適切な力 リキュラムを低価格で提供できるという効果がある。  [0061] According to the present invention, a small group lesson with a native speaker as an instructor can be provided at the date and time desired by the student, and an appropriate power curriculum that matches the level of each student is provided at a low price. There is an effect that you can.
[0062] この発明の上述の目的,その他の目的,特徴および利点は、図面を参照して行う 以下の発明を実施するための最良の形態の説明から一層明ら力となろう。  [0062] The above object, other objects, features, and advantages of the present invention will become more apparent from the following description of the best mode for carrying out the invention with reference to the drawings.
図面の簡単な説明  Brief Description of Drawings
[0063] [図 1]この発明の一実施形態に力かる外国語レッスン運営管理システムのシステム 構成図である。  [0063] FIG. 1 is a system configuration diagram of a foreign language lesson management system useful for one embodiment of the present invention.
[図 2]外国語レッスン運営管理 DBに記録される情報の例を示す図である。  [Fig. 2] A diagram showing an example of information recorded in the foreign language lesson management database.
[図 3]生徒対応処理の一実施例を示すフロー図である。  FIG. 3 is a flowchart showing one embodiment of student correspondence processing.
[図 4]講師対応処理の一実施例を示すフロー図である。  FIG. 4 is a flowchart showing an embodiment of the instructor handling process.
[図 5]レッスン枠生成処理の一実施例を示すフロー図である。  FIG. 5 is a flowchart showing an embodiment of a lesson frame generation process.
[図 6]フリートーク枠生成処理の一実施例を示すフロー図である。  FIG. 6 is a flowchart showing an embodiment of free talk frame generation processing.
[図 7]レッスン設定処理の一実施例を示すフロー図(その 1)である。  FIG. 7 is a flowchart (part 1) showing an embodiment of a lesson setting process.
[図 8]レッスン設定処理の一実施例を示すフロー図(その 2)である。 [図 9]レッスン設定処理の一実施例を示すフロー図(その 3)である。 FIG. 8 is a flowchart (part 2) showing an embodiment of the lesson setting process. FIG. 9 is a flowchart (part 3) showing an embodiment of the lesson setting process.
[図 10]レッスン最適化処理の一実施例を示すフロー図である。  FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing an embodiment of lesson optimization processing.
[図 11]講師移動最小化処理の一実施例を示すフロー図である。  FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing one embodiment of the lecturer movement minimization process.
[図 12]生徒組合せ最適化処理の一実施例を示すフロー図である。  FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing one embodiment of a student combination optimization process.
[図 13]指導講師最適化処理の一実施例を示すフロー図である。  FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing one embodiment of the guidance lecturer optimization process.
[図 14]テキスト選定処理の一実施例を示すフロー図である。  FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing one embodiment of text selection processing.
[図 15]レベル管理処理の一実施例を示すフロー図である。  FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing one embodiment of level management processing.
[図 16]レッスン申込画面の一例を示す図である。  FIG. 16 is a diagram showing an example of a lesson application screen.
[図 17]レッスン設定表示画面 (受付対応)の一例を示す図である。 圆 18]フリートーク設定表示画面 (受付対応)の一例を示す図である。  FIG. 17 is a diagram showing an example of a lesson setting display screen (acceptance).圆 18] An example of a free talk setting display screen (acceptance).
[図 19]カルテ表示画面の一例を示す図である。  FIG. 19 is a diagram showing an example of a chart display screen.
[図 20]講師スケジュール表示画面の一例を示す図である。  FIG. 20 is a diagram showing an example of a lecturer schedule display screen.
[図 21]レッスン設定表示画面 (講師対応)の一例を示す図である。  FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of a lesson setting display screen (for instructors).
[図 22]テキスト選定画面の一例を示す図である。  FIG. 22 is a diagram showing an example of a text selection screen.
符号の説明 Explanation of symbols
100 外国語レッスン運営管理サーバ  100 Foreign language lesson management server
102 Webサーバ  102 Web server
104 レッスン枠生成処理  104 Lesson frame generation process
106 フリートーク枠生成処理  106 Free talk frame generation processing
108 レッスン設定処理  108 Lesson setting process
110 レッスン最適化処理  110 Lesson optimization process
112 テキスト選定処理  112 Text selection processing
114 レベル管理処理  114 Level management process
120 外国語レッスン運営管理データベース  120 Foreign language lesson management database
210、 220、 · · · 外国語スクール  210, 220, ... Foreign language school
212、 222、 · · · 対面レッスンブース  212, 222, ... Face-to-face lesson booth
213、 223、 . · . フリートークブース  213, 223, ... Free talk booth
214、 224、 · · · 遠隔レッスン端末 216、 226、 · · · 受付端末 214, 224, ... 216, 226, ...
218、 228、 · · · 講師携帯端末  218, 228, ...
300 遠隔レッスンセンター  300 Distance Lesson Center
310 遠隔レッスンサーバ  310 Distance Lesson Server
320 講師端末  320 Instructor terminal
400 自宅レッスン端末  400 home lesson terminal
500 通信回線  500 communication lines
発明を実施するための最良の形態 BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
図 1にこの発明の一実施形態に力かる外国語レッスン運営管理システムのシステム 構成を示す。  FIG. 1 shows the system configuration of a foreign language lesson management system that is useful for one embodiment of the present invention.
図にお 、て、 100は外国語レッスンを運営管理する外国語レッスン運営管理サー バであり、外国語レッスンを運営管理するために必要な情報が記録される外国語レツ スン運営管理データベース(以下、「データベース」は「DB」と略す) 120を備える。 外国語レッスン運営管理 DB120には、生徒の個人情報が登録される生徒情報 DB と、講師の個人情報が登録される講師情報 DBと、生徒毎に発行されるカルテが登録 されるカルテ DBと、講師のスケジュールが登録される講師スケジュールテーブルと、 各スクール毎に生徒の希望に従ってレッスンが設定されるレッスンテーブルと、生徒 が自由に出入り可能で、参加して!/ヽる講師や他の生徒と所定の外国語で自由に会 話できるフリートークルームが設定されるフリートークテーブルが備えられる。  In the figure, 100 is a foreign language lesson management server that manages and manages foreign language lessons, and a foreign language lesson management database (hereinafter referred to as the foreign language lesson management database) that records information necessary to manage and manage foreign language lessons. “Database” is abbreviated as “DB”) 120. The foreign language lesson management DB 120 includes a student information DB in which the student's personal information is registered, a lecturer information DB in which the instructor's personal information is registered, a medical record DB in which a medical record issued for each student is registered, Instructor schedule table where instructor schedules are registered, lesson table where lessons are set according to student's wishes for each school, and instructors and other students who can enter and exit freely and participate! There is a free talk table where a free talk room is set up where you can speak freely in a given foreign language.
また、外国語レッスン運営管理サーバ 100には、生徒力もレッスンの申込みを受付 けたり、各スクールの受付担当や講師からレッスンテーブルに設定されて 、るレツス ンの照会を受付けたり、講師からレッスンの評価やレベルチェックの判定結果の生徒 カルテへの記録を受付ける Webサーバ 102と、外国語レッスンを運営管理するため のアプリケーションとして、レッスンテーブルにお!/、て講師が対応可能なレッスン時限 にレッスン枠を生成するレッスン枠生成処理 104、フリートークテーブルにお!/、て講 師が対応可能なレッスン時限にフリートーク枠を生成するフリートーク枠生成処理 10 6、生徒からの申込みに応じてレッスンテーブルにレッスンを設定するレッスン設定処 理 108、レッスン日の直前にレッスンテーブルに設定された各レッスンの講師や生徒 を入替えてレッスンの最適化を図るレッスン最適化処理 110、各レッスンにお 、て使 用するテキストを選定し、選定結果を生徒のカルテに記録するテキスト選定処理 112 、レッスンを実施した講師からの推薦により生徒のレベルチェックを行ってレベル判定 結果を生徒のカルテに記録するレベル管理処理 114等が備えられて 、る。 The foreign language lesson management server 100 also accepts application for lessons, accepts lesson inquiries from lessons that are set in the lesson table from each school receptionist and instructor, and receives lessons from instructors. As a web server 102 that accepts records of evaluation and level check judgment results in student charts, and as an application for managing and managing foreign language lessons, the lesson time frame is limited to lessons that can be handled by the lesson table! Lesson frame generation process 104 to generate a free talk frame in the free talk table! / Free talk frame generation process to generate a free talk frame in the lesson time period that can be handled by the instructor 10 6, Lessons to the lesson table according to the application from the student Lesson setting process 108 to be set, each level set in the lesson table just before the lesson date Instructor and student Lesson optimization process 110 to optimize lessons, select text to be used for each lesson, and record the selection results in the student chart 112, from the instructor who conducted the lesson A level management process 114 or the like for checking the level of the student by recommendation and recording the result of the level judgment in the student's chart is provided.
[0066] 210, 220, · · ·は生徒が通学してレッスンを受けるスクールであり、一般に交通の 便の良 、駅前等に設置される。  [0066] 210, 220, ··· are schools where students go to school and take lessons, and are generally installed in front of train stations, etc. because of convenient transportation.
各スクールには、生徒が講師と対面してレッスンを受ける対面レッスンブース 212, 222, · · ·と、フリートークルームを開設するフリートークブース 213, 223, · · ·と、スク 一ルカ 遠隔レッスンセンターを呼出してテレビ電話により遠隔でレッスンを受けるた めの遠隔レッスン端末 214, 224, · · ·と、各スクールの受付担当が生徒からの連絡 を受けて生徒情報を登録したり、レッスンの申込みを行ったり、講師からの連絡を受 けて講師情報を登録したり、スケジュールを設定したり、レッスンテーブルに設定され て 、るレッスンの内容を確認して講師や生徒に通知するための受付端末 216, 226 , · · ·と、講師が講師スケジュールテーブルに自己のスケジュールを登録したり、レツ スンテーブルに設定されているレッスンの内容を確認したり、レッスンの終了後に生 徒のカルテにレッスンの評価やレベルチェックの受験推薦を記録したり、レベルチヱ ックの終了後に生徒のカルテにレベル判定結果を記録したりするための講師携帯端 末 218, 228, …を備える。  Each school has a face-to-face lesson booth where students take lessons face-to-face with teachers 212, 222, ..., and a free talk booth 213, 223, ... Remote lesson terminals 214, 224, etc. for calling and taking lessons remotely via videophone. Each school receptionist receives contact from students to register student information and apply for lessons. Registration terminal for instructor information received from the instructor, schedule setting, setting of the lesson table, confirmation of the lesson contents to be notified to the instructor and students 216, 226,,, etc., the instructor registers his / her schedule in the instructor schedule table, confirms the lesson contents set in the lesson table, Instructor's mobile device 218, 228 for recording lesson evaluations and recommendation for level check on students 'charts after the lesson is completed, and for recording level judgment results on students' charts after the level check is completed ,… Are provided.
[0067] 300は生徒が自宅力 遠隔レッスンセンターを呼出してテレビ電話により遠隔でレ ッスンを受けるための自宅レッスン端末である。  [0067] 300 is a home lesson terminal for a student to call a home power remote lesson center and receive a remote listening by videophone.
[0068] 400はテレビ電話による遠隔レッスンを提供する遠隔レッスンセンターであり、遠隔 レッスンを指導する講師が使用する講師端末 410と、レッスンの提供時に指定された 講師端末 410と指定された単数又は複数の自宅レッスン端末 300および Zまたは単 数又は複数の遠隔レッスン端末 214, 224, · · ·の間を多地点接続し、所定のテレビ 電話プロトコルによる映像及び音声の双方向通信サービスを提供する遠隔レッスン サーノ 420とを備える。  [0068] 400 is a remote lesson center that provides remote lessons via videophone. The instructor terminal 410 used by the instructor instructing the remote lesson and the instructor terminal 410 specified when the lesson is provided and one or more specified Remote lessons that provide two-way video and audio communication services using a predetermined videophone protocol by connecting the home lesson terminals 300 and Z or one or more remote lesson terminals 214, 224, ... With Sano 420.
[0069] 500は外国語レッスン運営管理サーバ 100と各スクールの受付端末 216, 226, · ·  [0069] 500 is a foreign language lesson management server 100 and each school reception terminal 216, 226,
·、講師携帯端末 218, 228, · · ·、遠隔レッスンサーバ 420の間を接続したり、遠隔 レッスンサーバ 420とスクールの遠隔レッスン端末 214, 224, · · ·、自宅レッスン端末 300の間を接続する通信回線であり、インターネット通信網や ISDN電話網が使用さ れる。 ··································· Connects between remote lesson servers 420 or remotely A communication line that connects between the lesson server 420 and the school remote lesson terminals 214, 224,..., The home lesson terminal 300, and uses an Internet communication network or an ISDN telephone network.
[0070] 遠隔レッスン端末 214, 224, · · ·、自宅レッスン端末 300、講師端末 410は、遠隔 レッスンサーノ 20に接続して遠隔レッスンを行うためのテレビ電話端末であり、利用 者を撮像するテレビカメラ、相手方の映像を表示するモニタテレビ、音声の入出力用 を行うへッドセットを備える。  [0070] Remote lesson terminals 214, 224,..., Home lesson terminal 300 and instructor terminal 410 are videophone terminals for performing remote lessons by connecting to remote lesson Sano 20, and are televisions that capture images of users. Equipped with a camera, a monitor TV that displays the other party's video, and a head set for audio input / output
また、受付端末 216, 226, · · ·、講師携帯端末 218, 228, · · ·、講師端末 410、 自宅レッスン端末 300は、外国語レッスン運営管理サーバ 100の Webサーバ 102に アクセスしてレッスンの申込みやレッスンテーブルに設定されたレッスンの確認等を 行うためのブラウザを備える。  In addition, the reception terminals 216, 226, ···, the instructor mobile terminals 218, 228, ···, the instructor terminal 410, and the home lesson terminal 300 access the Web server 102 of the foreign language lesson management server 100 to access lessons. A browser is provided for confirming the application and the lessons set in the lesson table.
[0071] この実施形態においては、生徒が通学してレッスンを受ける複数のスクールと、遠 隔レッスンを提供する遠隔レッスンセンターを備え、生徒はスクールに通学して講師 と直接対面してレッスンを受ける対面レッスンと、自宅力 テレビ電話により遠隔でレ ッスンを受ける遠隔レッスンとを自身の都合に合わせて自由にプログラムすることがで きる。 [0071] In this embodiment, a school is provided with a plurality of schools where students attend classes and receive remote lessons, and a remote lesson center that provides remote lessons. You can freely program face-to-face lessons and remote lessons where you can receive lessons remotely via home videophone.
また、各スクールには遠隔レッスン用の端末が備えられ、生徒が希望する日時にス クール内に対応可能な講師がいない場合には遠隔レッスンセンターに接続して遠隔 でレッスンを受けることができる。  In addition, each school has a terminal for remote lessons, and if there are no teachers available in the school at the date and time desired by the students, they can connect to the remote lesson center and take lessons remotely.
[0072] また、生徒一人一人の実力に合わせた密度の高 、レッスンを提供するために、生 徒の語学力を次の 9段階にレベル分けして 、る。 [0072] In order to provide lessons with a high density that matches each student's ability, students are divided into 9 levels of language skills.
レベル 1:ネイティブスピーカと対等のコミュニケーション力を有する。ボキャブラリーが 豊富で表現力があるだけでなぐぉ互 、の文化的背景を理解した上でコミュニケーシ ヨンできる。多少の訛りがあつたとしてもネイティブスピーカと間違われてもおカゝしくな V、レベル 2:極めて正確な言葉を用いて議論できる。複雑な商談にお!、て交渉できる 理解力と表現力を有する。文化的理解が深ぐ相手のひんしゅくを買ったり、イライラ させることはない。ネイティブスピーカ並のボキャブラリーを駆使し、フォーマルな会話 だけでなぐ冗談を言ったり、遠まわしに表現することも可能である。 レベル 3 :日常会話は全く支障がなぐ文法 Z構文もほぼ正確に使え、センテンスを 論理的に構成しながら話せる。会議や商談でも、広範な話題に対処できるボキャプラ リーがある。議論の中で論理的矛盾を見抜くリスニング力があり、意見の異なる相手と 論じ合える。但し、不慣れで複雑'抽象的なテーマでは、正確に表現するのに時間が 力 ¾¾る。 Level 1: Has equal communication skills with native speakers. They can communicate with each other by understanding the cultural background of their vocabulary, which is rich in vocabulary and expressive. Even if there is a little anger, it will be confusing even if it is mistaken for a native speaker V, Level 2: Discuss using extremely accurate words. Have complex understanding and expressiveness to negotiate complex business negotiations. I don't buy or frustrate my partner who has a deep cultural understanding. Using the vocabulary similar to that of a native speaker, it is possible to make jokes and express them with a formal conversation. Level 3: Grammar that does not interfere with daily conversations. The Z syntax can be used almost accurately, and you can speak while composing sentences logically. There is also a vocabulary that can deal with a wide range of topics in meetings and business talks. Has the ability to listen to logical contradictions in discussions and discuss with other people with different opinions. However, in the unfamiliar and complex 'abstract theme, Ru time to accurately represent the power ¾ mosquitoes ¾.
レベル 4 :単純な日常会話の範囲では、ほぼ支障なくリラックスして話せる。幾つかの センテンスを繋いで、ほぼ適切な文法 Z構文で話せる。不得意な分野や会議などの 多少複雑な会話でも、相手の主旨を理解し、何とか話の流れを追えるが、まだ自ら議 論に参加できない。 Level 4: In a simple everyday conversation, you can relax and speak almost without problems. You can connect several sentences and talk with almost proper grammar Z syntax. Even in a somewhat complicated conversation such as a field where you are not good at or a meeting, you can understand the main point of the other party and manage the flow of the talk, but you still cannot participate in the discussion.
レベル 5 :日常的で簡単な場面であれば、相手の主旨を何とか理解し、対処できる。 文法や構文は正確さに欠けるが、何とか伝えることができる。質問に答えた後で説明 を加えたり、知らない単語が出てきても聞き返しながら会話を続行できる。ブロークン であるが、簡単な日常会話は何とかなるレベルである。初心者には当面の達成目標 である。 Level 5: In everyday and simple situations, you can understand and deal with the other party's purpose. Grammar and syntax are inaccurate, but I can manage it. You can continue the conversation by answering questions and adding explanations or listening back to words you don't know. Although it is broken, simple daily conversation is at some level. This is an immediate goal for beginners.
レベル 6 :慣れたトピックであれば、何とか会話に参加できる。ゆっくり話されたとき、簡 単な短いセンテンスで答えられる力 ワンパターンな表現になりがちである。質問には 何とか答えられるが、自分力 話し掛けることは困難である。 日常生活や質問に最小 限必要な会話力はある。場数を踏み、使えるボキャブラリーを増やすことが目標であ る。 Level 6: If you are familiar with the topic, you can manage the conversation. When spoken slowly, the ability to answer in a simple short sentence tends to be a one-pattern expression. I can answer some questions, but it is difficult to talk to myself. There is a minimum conversation ability necessary for daily life and questions. The goal is to increase the vocabulary that can be used by stepping up the number of places.
レベル 7A: 7Bに較べて会話の中で使えるボキャブラリーが多ぐ知っている限りの言 葉を用いて、日常会話の最低限の欲求を満たすためのサバイバル名コミュニケーシ ヨンができる。基本的な必要最小限のボキャブラリーがあり、何とか意思の疎通はでき る力 会話の中では簡単な単語の組合せでしか話すことができず、センテンスでは話 せない。 Level 7A: Uses as many vocabulary words that can be used in conversations as compared to 7B, and enables survival name communication to meet the minimum needs of daily conversation. There is a basic minimum vocabulary, and the ability to communicate somehow. In a conversation, you can speak only with simple word combinations and not in a sentence.
レベル 7B :定型的な用語で自己紹介ができる。簡単にゆっくり話し掛けられれば理 解でき、「ハイ」か「ィイエ」で答えられる。基本的なボキャブラリーが不足しているため 、単語でなら何とか返事できる力 フレーズにできない。話し掛けられた相手の言葉 を繰り返すことが多ぐ母国語がよく混ざる。 レベル 7C :ネイティブスピーカと実際に会話した経験があまりなぐ簡単な質問が聞き 取れず、答えに詰まりがちとなる。基本的なボキャブラリーや挨拶などの基本的な言 い回しを覚える取り組みが必要である。 Level 7B: Self-introduction can be introduced in a standard term. If you can speak easily and slowly, you can understand and answer “high” or “yes”. Because there is a lack of basic vocabulary, it is not possible to make a phrase that can be answered with words. The native language is often mixed with the spoken language of the other party. Level 7C: Cannot hear simple questions with too little experience of speaking with native speakers, and tends to clog up answers. Efforts to learn basic words such as basic vocabulary and greetings are necessary.
生徒のレベルは、最初の入会時に講師がレベルチェックを行うほ力、レッスンの過 程でレベルが向上していると認められた生徒には講師からレベルチェックの受験推 薦が出され、生徒がレベルチェックを受ければ随時レベルは更新され、生徒一人一 人のレベルの向上に合わせたカリキュラムが提供される。  The level of the student is checked by the instructor at the time of the first enrollment, and the student who is recognized as improving the level in the course of the lesson is recommended by the instructor to take the level check. If you take a level check, the level will be updated from time to time and a curriculum tailored to the level of each student will be provided.
[0073] レッスンは、講師 1人に対して生徒 3〜4名によるグループレッスンを基本とし、生徒 が希望すれば講師と生徒のマンツーマンによるプライベートレッスンを設定でき、グ ループレッスンとプライベートレッスンを組合わせて、着実なレベルアップを図ることが できる。尚、グループレッスンにおいては、同じレベルの生徒をグルーピングすること を基本として ヽるが、組合せの柔軟化を図って低価格でレッスンを提供できるように するため、一定のゾーンにある生徒をグルーピングするようにしている。 [0073] Lessons are based on group lessons of 3 to 4 students per instructor, and private lessons can be set up by the teacher and students on a one-on-one basis if the student wishes, combining group lessons and private lessons. Therefore, the level can be steadily improved. In addition, group lessons are basically based on grouping students at the same level, but grouping students in a certain zone in order to provide lessons at a low price by making the combination flexible. I am doing so.
この実施形態では、 9段階のレベルに対して 3段階までが同一のゾーンとしてダル 一ビングされ、各レッスンは登録された生徒のレベルに基づいて A力 Gの 7段階の ゾーンに区分される。  In this embodiment, up to 3 levels are duplicated as 9 zones for 9 levels, and each lesson is divided into 7 zones of A strength G based on the registered student level.
[0074] レッスンにおいて使用するテキストは、各ゾーン毎に多数のユニットから構成され、 いずれのユニットから学習してもよいように工夫されている。また、後述のように、レツ スンにおいて使用されたユニットは生徒のカルテに記録され、グループレッスンにお いてはいずれの生徒も未学習のユニットが自動抽出され、重複したレッスンが提供さ れることを抑制している。  [0074] The text used in the lesson is composed of a large number of units for each zone, and is designed so that it can be learned from any unit. In addition, as described below, the units used in the lesson are recorded in the student's chart, and in the group lesson, unlearned units are automatically extracted for each student, and duplicate lessons are provided. Suppressed.
[0075] 生徒には申込み時に個人別のカルテが発行され、生徒一人一人の習得状況を確 実に把握できるようにしている。カルテには、生徒がこれまでに受講したレッスンの履 歴が記録されるとともに、各レッスン毎に指導した講師によって上達の度合い、弱点 部分、得意部分、課題等が記録され、次のレッスンに反映できるようにしている。また 、各レッスンにおいて使用されたテキストのユニットが記録され、後述のテキスト選定 処理により、各レッスンにおいて使用するユニットを選定するために参照される。また 、カルテには、生徒がこれまでに受験したレベルチェックの履歴が記録され、担当し た講師によってレベル判定結果が記録されるとともに、生徒の評価がリスニング力'発 音など、外国語コミュニケーション能力を 8つの要素に分けて記入され、一人一人が それぞれの能力をバランス良く身につけられるように指導される。また、記入されたレ ベル判定結果は、後述のレッスン設定処理において、生徒をグルーピングする際の 各生徒のレベル確認のために参照される。 [0075] A student-specific medical record is issued to each student at the time of application so that each student can accurately grasp the acquisition status. The medical record records the history of lessons that students have taken so far, and the level of improvement, weaknesses, strengths, and assignments are recorded by the instructor instructed for each lesson and reflected in the next lesson. I can do it. In addition, the text unit used in each lesson is recorded, and is referred to in order to select a unit to be used in each lesson by the text selection process described later. The medical record records the level check history that students have taken so far. The result of the level judgment is recorded by the instructor, and the student's evaluation is filled in with 8 elements of foreign language communication ability, such as listening ability's sound, so that each person can acquire each ability in a well-balanced manner. Instructed by. The entered level judgment results are referred to in order to confirm the level of each student when grouping students in the lesson setting process described later.
カルテは、レッスンに先立って受付担当や講師によって参照されるほ力、生徒は希 望すれば自分のカルテを見ることができる。  The medical records are referenced by the receptionist and instructor prior to the lesson, and students can see their own medical records if they wish.
図 2に外国語レッスン運営管理データベースに記録される情報の例を示す。  Figure 2 shows an example of information recorded in the foreign language lesson management database.
図のように、生徒情報 DBには、生徒の個人情報が登録される。レッスンのコースは 、通常のグループレッスンによるレギュラーコースのほかに、特別のコースとして、ウイ ークポイントを強化する、文法強化レッスン、ボキヤブラリ強化レッスン、発音強化レツ スン、リスニング強化レッスンや、ビジネス上の専門的な語彙、表現、ビジネスライティ ング、ビジネス慣習などを総合的に習得できる国際ビジネスコース、海外旅行ですぐ に役立つ表現に絞り、短期間で集中的にレッスンする旅行会話コース、語学検定試 験を受ける人のための語学検定試験対策コース等が提供されており、随時コースと 言語を指定して申込むことができる。また、レッスン料金はポイント制を採用しており、 生徒が購入したポイントや各種のキャンペーンによるボーナスポイントが加算されて ポイント情報として記録され、生徒がレッスンを申込んだ際やフリートークルームに参 カロした際に当該生徒のポイントから所定のポイントが引き落とされる。  As shown in the figure, the student information DB registers the student's personal information. In addition to regular courses with regular group lessons, the lesson courses include special courses that strengthen week points, grammar-enhancing lessons, vocabulary-enhancing lessons, pronunciation-enhancing lessons, listening-enhancing lessons, and business professionals. International business courses that can comprehensively acquire various vocabulary, expressions, business writing, business customs, etc., travel conversation courses that focus on short-term intensive lessons, and language certification tests Language exam preparation courses for people are provided, and you can apply by specifying the course and language at any time. In addition, the lesson fee is based on a point system, and points purchased by students and bonus points from various campaigns are added and recorded as point information. When students apply for a lesson or join a free talk room At that time, a predetermined point is deducted from the student's point.
講師情報 DBには、講師の個人情報が登録される。講師情報には講師の出身地が 登録され、後述の指導講師最適化処理において、各レッスンに登録されているいず れの生徒も指導を受けていない出身地の講師を優先して選択する機能を有する。 カルテ DBには、個人別のカルテが登録され、レッスンを実施した講師による評価や 使用されたテキストの履歴を含むレッスン履歴や、レベルチェックを実施した講師によ るレベル判定結果を含むレベルチェック履歴が記録される。  The personal information of the lecturer is registered in the lecturer information DB. The instructor's hometown is registered in the instructor information, and in the instructor optimization process described below, there is a function that gives priority to selecting the instructor in the hometown where none of the students registered in each lesson has received instruction. Have. In the medical record database, individual medical records are registered, lesson history including the history of the evaluation and text used by the instructor who conducted the lesson, and level check history including the level judgment result by the instructor who performed the level check Is recorded.
講師スケジュールテーブルには、各講師別に講師の出欠と出勤するスクールが登 録され、後述のレッスン設定処理において参照される。  Instructor schedule tables register attendance and attending schools for each instructor and refer to them in the lesson setting process described below.
レッスンテーブルには、対面レッスンや遠隔レッスンが設定され、各スクールにおい て、年月日順、レッスン時限順に、レッスン枠が設定され、使用されるブース番号、コ ース、言語、レッスン形態(グループレッスンかプライベートレッスンか)、設定された 講師、糸且合された生徒(グループレッスンの場合)、当該レッスンのゾーン (A〜G;)、 使用テキスト等が登録される。 The lesson table has face-to-face lessons and distance lessons. The lesson frame is set in order of year, month, day, lesson time limit, the booth number used, the course, the language, the lesson type (group or private lesson), the set instructor, and the thread. Students (for group lessons), lesson zones (A to G;), usage text, etc. are registered.
フリートークテーブルには、各スクールについて、年月日順、レッスン時限順に、フリ 一トーク枠が設定され、使用されるブース番号、言語、担当する講師、テーマ等が登 録される。  In the free talk table, a free talk frame is set for each school in order of year, month, day, and lesson time limit, and the booth number, language, lecturer in charge, theme, etc. used are registered.
[0077] 次に、外国語レッスン運営管理サーバ 100において実行される処理の内容につい て説明する。  [0077] Next, the contents of processing executed in the foreign language lesson management server 100 will be described.
図 3に生徒対応処理の一実施例を示す。この実施例による外国語レッスン運営管 理システムでは、生徒は最初に会員登録を受ける。  Figure 3 shows an example of the student handling process. In the foreign language lesson management system according to this embodiment, students first receive membership registration.
図のように、生徒が自宅レッスン端末 300から外国語レッスン運営管理サーバ 100 の Webサーバ 102にアクセスすると、最初にログイン画面 (図示省略)が表示され(S1 02)、「ログイン」が選択されると(S 104)、入力された IDとパスワードを取得して正規 登録者か否かが確認され (S106)、正規登録者でないときは再入力が要求される(S 108)。また、「新規登録」が選択されたら (S110)、新規登録画面(図示省略)が表示 され (S 112)、「登録」が選択されると(S 114)、 IDとパスワードが発行され (S 116)、 入力情報が取得され (S118)、発行された Π パスワードと取得された入力情報が生 徒情報 DBに登録される(S120)。  As shown in the figure, when a student accesses the Web server 102 of the foreign language lesson management server 100 from the home lesson terminal 300, a login screen (not shown) is displayed first (S10 02), and “Login” is selected. (S104), the entered ID and password are obtained to confirm whether or not the user is a regular registrant (S106). If the user is not a regular registrant, re-entry is requested (S108). When “New registration” is selected (S110), a new registration screen (not shown) is displayed (S112). When “Register” is selected (S114), an ID and password are issued (S 116), the input information is acquired (S118), and the issued Π password and the acquired input information are registered in the student information DB (S120).
正規登録者であることが確認されたら (S106)、生徒対応メニュー画面(図示省略) が表示される(S130)。生徒対応メニュー画面は、生徒向けのメニューとして、「レツス ンの申込み」「予約状況の確認」「カルテの確認」「フリートーク設定の確認」「登録情 報の確認'変更」を備える。  If it is confirmed that the user is a regular registrant (S106), a menu screen for student correspondence (not shown) is displayed (S130). The student-friendly menu screen includes menus for students: “Application for lesson”, “Confirm reservation status”, “Confirm medical chart”, “Confirm free talk settings”, and “Confirm registration information”.
[0078] 生徒対応メニュー画面において「レッスンの申込み」が選択されたら(S132)、図 16 に示すようなレッスン申込み画面が表示される(S 134)。レッスン申込み画面にお!/ヽ て「登録」が選択されたら(S 136)、選択された希望年月日、希望レッスン時限、コー ス、言語、レッスン形態、遠隔レッスン可否の情報が取得され、取得された情報に基 づ 、て後述のレッスン設定処理にぉ 、てレッスンが設定される(S 138)。レッスン申 込み画面において「終了」が選択されたら(S140)、 S132に戻る。 [0078] When "Application for lesson" is selected on the student corresponding menu screen (S132), a lesson application screen as shown in Fig. 16 is displayed (S134). When “Register” is selected on the lesson application screen (S 136), the selected date of choice, desired lesson time limit, course, language, lesson form, and availability of remote lessons are obtained. Based on the acquired information, a lesson is set by the lesson setting process described later (S138). Lesson If “end” is selected on the included screen (S140), the process returns to S132.
生徒対応メニュー画面において「予約状況の確認」が選択されたら(S 142)、レツス ンテーブルから当該生徒が予約したレッスンの設定情報が取得され、予約済みレツ スンの設定情報を表示した予約済みレッスン表示画面(生徒対応)が表示される (S1 44)。予約済みレッスン表示画面は、図 17に示す後述の受付対応処理におけるレツ スン設定表示画面 (受付対応)のうち当該生徒の設定部分だけを抽出したものである 予約済みレッスン表示画面において「終了」が選択されたら(S146)、 S132に戻る 。また、予約済みレッスン表示画面において、レッスン日から一定期間以上前であれ ば予約の取消や変更を行うことができるが、詳細説明は省略する。  When “Check Reservation Status” is selected on the Student Menu screen (S 142), the lesson setting information reserved by the student is obtained from the lesson table, and the reserved lesson displaying the setting information of the reserved lesson is displayed. The display screen (for students) is displayed (S1 44). The reserved lesson display screen is the extracted lesson setting display screen (acceptance) in the later-described reception response process shown in FIG. If selected (S146), return to S132. On the reserved lesson display screen, you can cancel or change the reservation if it is more than a certain period before the lesson date, but detailed explanation is omitted.
生徒対応メニュー画面において「カルテの確認」が選択されたら(S 148)、カルテ D Bから当該生徒のカルテ情報が取得され、図 19に示すようなカルテ表示画面が表示 される。カルテ表示画面のレッスン履歴欄には、これまでに受講したレッスンの設定 内容が表示されるとともに、各レッスンにおける生徒の上達の度合い、弱点部分、得 意部分、課題等に関する指導した講師の評価がコメント欄に表示される(図示省略) 。また、レッスンを実施した講師がレベルが向上したと認めた生徒にはレベルチェック の受験推薦が記録され、 LC受験推薦欄に推薦マークが表示される。また、カルテ表 示画面のレベルチェック履歴欄には、これまでに受験したレベルチェックの受験記録 とレベル判定結果が表示されるとともに、リスニング力 ·発音などの 8つの外国語コミュ 二ケーシヨン能力に関する担当した講師による評価がコメント欄にバーチャートととも に表示される (図示省略)。尚、カルテ確認画面には「表示」ボタンが備えられ、「コー ス」や「言語」を変更して「表示」を選択することで、他のコースや他の言語のカルテの 記載内容も確認できる。尚、「生徒 ID」はカルテの確認を要求した生徒の IDが自動 的に選択されるものであって、生徒は他人の生徒 IDを選択できな 、ことは言うまでも ない。カルテ表示画面において「終了」が選択されたら(S152)、 S132に戻る。 生徒対応メニュー画面において「フリートーク設定の確認」が選択されたら(S 154) 、フリートークテーブル力 フリートークルームの設定情報が取得され、フリートーク設 定表示画面 (生徒対応)が表示される (S 156)。フリートーク設定表示画面 (生徒対 応)は、図 18に示す後述の受付対応処理におけるフリートーク設定表示画面 (受付 対応)と同様である。フリートーク設定表示画面には、レッスン時限単位で言語、講師 、設定されているテーマが表示される。テーマ欄には、テーマが決定されるまでは「テ 一マ表示」ボタンが表示され、このボタンが選択されるとこれまでに投稿されたテーマ が投票数とともに表示される。表示された各テーマには選択ボタンが付加されており 、いずれかの選択ボタンを選択するか、新規提案の場合は提案するテーマを入力し て「テーマ投稿」ボタンを選択することで、選択結果や投稿テーマが登録される(S16When “Confirm medical chart” is selected on the student corresponding menu screen (S148), the medical chart information of the student is acquired from the medical chart DB, and a medical chart display screen as shown in FIG. 19 is displayed. The lesson history field on the chart display screen displays the settings of the lessons you have taken so far, and the instructor's evaluation of the student's progress, weaknesses, strengths, and tasks in each lesson. It is displayed in the comment column (not shown). In addition, students who have confirmed that their level has been improved by the instructor who conducted the lesson are recorded a recommendation for taking the level check, and a recommendation mark is displayed in the LC examination recommendation column. In addition, the level check history field on the medical chart display screen displays the level check test records and level determination results taken so far, and is responsible for eight foreign language communication skills such as listening skills and pronunciation. The evaluation by the instructor is displayed along with the bar chart in the comment field (not shown). The chart confirmation screen has a “Display” button. By changing “Course” and “Language” and selecting “Display”, the contents of charts in other courses and other languages can also be confirmed. it can. Needless to say, “Student ID” automatically selects the ID of the student who requested the medical record check, and the student cannot select another student's ID. When “END” is selected on the chart display screen (S152), the process returns to S132. When “Confirm Free Talk Settings” is selected on the student menu screen (S 154), the free talk table power free talk room setting information is acquired and the free talk settings display screen (student correspondence) is displayed (S 156). Free talk setting display screen Is similar to the free talk setting display screen (acceptance) in the later-described acceptance handling process shown in FIG. The free talk setting display screen displays the language, instructor, and the set theme for each lesson time limit. Until the theme is decided, the “Display theme” button is displayed in the theme column. When this button is selected, the themes posted so far are displayed along with the number of votes. Each displayed theme has a selection button. Select one of the selection buttons, or in the case of a new proposal, enter the proposed theme and select the “Submit Theme” button. And post themes are registered (S16
0)。また、フリートーク設定表示画面には「表示」ボタンが備えられ、「スクール」「ブー ス番号」「年月日」を変更して「表示」を選択することで、他のスクール、他のブース、 他の年月日の設定内容を確認できる。フリートーク設定表示画面において「終了」が 選択されたら(S162)、 S132に戻る。 0). In addition, the free talk setting display screen has a “display” button. By changing “school”, “boot number”, “date” and selecting “display”, other schools, other booths, You can check the settings for other dates. When “End” is selected on the free talk setting display screen (S162), the process returns to S132.
生徒対応メニュー画面において「登録情報の確認 ·変更」が選択されると (S164)、 生徒情報 DBから当該生徒の登録内容が取得され、生徒情報表示画面(図示省略) が表示される(S166)。生徒情報表示画面において登録内容が修正され、「登録」が 選択されると (S168)、修正内容が取得され、生徒情報 DBが更新される(S 170)。 生徒情報表示画面において「終了」が選択されると(S172)、 S132に戻る。  When “confirm / change registration information” is selected on the student menu screen (S164), the registered contents of the student are acquired from the student information DB and a student information display screen (not shown) is displayed (S166). . When the registered content is corrected on the student information display screen and “Register” is selected (S168), the corrected content is acquired and the student information DB is updated (S170). When “END” is selected on the student information display screen (S172), the process returns to S132.
生徒対応メニュー画面において「終了」が選択されたら (S174)、生徒対応処理を 終了する。  When “END” is selected on the student correspondence menu screen (S174), the student correspondence processing is terminated.
図 4に講師対応処理の一実施例を示す。  Figure 4 shows an example of the teacher support process.
図のように、講師が講師携帯端末 218, 228,…から外国語レッスン運営管理サ ーバ 100の Webサーバ 102にアクセスすると、最初にログイン画面 (図示省略)が表 示され(S202)、「ログイン」が選択されると(S204)、入力された IDとパスワードを取 得して正規登録者か否かが確認され (S206)、正規登録者でないときは再入力が要 求される(S208)。また、「新規登録」が選択されたら (S210)、新規登録画面(図示 省略)が表示され (S212)、「登録」が選択されると(S214)、 IDとパスワードが発行さ れ (S216)、入力情報が取得され (S218)、発行された Π パスワードと取得された 入力情報が講師情報 DBに登録される(S220)。  As shown in the figure, when the instructor accesses the web server 102 of the foreign language lesson management server 100 from the instructor mobile terminals 218, 228,..., A login screen (not shown) is displayed first (S202). When “Login” is selected (S204), the entered ID and password are obtained to check whether or not the user is a regular registrant (S206). If the user is not a regular registrant, re-entry is requested (S208). ). When “New registration” is selected (S210), a new registration screen (not shown) is displayed (S212). When “Register” is selected (S214), an ID and password are issued (S216). The input information is acquired (S218), and the issued password and the acquired input information are registered in the lecturer information DB (S220).
正規登録者であることが確認されたら (S206)、講師対応メニュー画面(図示省略) が表示される(S230)。講師対応メニュー画面は、講師向けのメニューとして「講師ス ケジュールの確認'変更」「レッスン設定の確認」「フリートーク設定の確認」「登録情報 の確認'変更」を備える。 If you are confirmed to be a regular registrant (S206), the instructor-compatible menu screen (not shown) Is displayed (S230). The instructor-adaptive menu screen includes “confirm instructor schedule” change, “confirm lesson settings”, “confirm free talk settings”, and “confirm registration information” as instructor menus.
講師対応メニュー画面において「講師スケジュールの確認'変更」が選択されたら( S232)、講師スケジュールテーブルから当該講師のスケジュール情報が取得され、 図 20に示すような講師スケジュール表示画面が表示される(S234)。講師スケジユー ル表示画面では、各レッスン時限毎に講師の出欠と出勤場所等が表示される。講師 スケジュール表示画面にぉ 、て、各レッスン枠に表示されて 、る講師のスケジュール が修正され、「登録」が選択されると(S236)、修正内容が取得され、講師スケジユー ルテーブルが更新される(S238)。また、講師スケジュール表示画面には「表示」ボタ ンが備えられ、「講師 ID」「年月」を変更して「表示」ボタンを選択することで、他の講 師のスケジュールや他の年月のスケジュールも確認できる。但し、他の講師のスケジ ユールは原則として変更できな 、。講師スケジュール表示画面にぉ 、て「終了」が選 択されたら(S240)、 S232に戻る。  If “Confirm teacher's change” is selected on the instructor-compatible menu screen (S232), the instructor's schedule information is obtained from the instructor schedule table, and the instructor schedule display screen as shown in FIG. 20 is displayed (S234). ). On the lecturer schedule display screen, the attendance and attendance location of the lecturer are displayed for each lesson time limit. When the instructor schedule display screen is displayed, the instructor schedule displayed in each lesson frame is corrected and “Register” is selected (S236), the correction contents are acquired, and the instructor schedule table is updated. (S238). In addition, the lecturer schedule display screen has a “Display” button. By changing the “Lecturer ID” and “Year / Month” and selecting the “Display” button, the schedule and other dates of other lecturers are displayed. You can also check the schedule. However, as a general rule, the schedule of other teachers cannot be changed. When “Exit” is selected on the lecturer schedule display screen (S240), the process returns to S232.
講師対応メニュー画面にぉ 、て「レッスン設定の確認」が選択されたら(S242)、レ ッスンテーブルから当該講師の設定されて!ヽるレッスンが抽出され、図 21に示すよう なレッスン設定表示画面 (講師対応)が表示される (S244)。レッスン設定表示画面( 講師対応)には、「表示」ボタンが備えられ、「スクール」「ブース番号」「年月日」を変 更して「表示」ボタンを選択することで、他のスクール、他のブース番号、他の年月日 に設定されているレッスンを確認できる。レッスン設定表示画面 (講師対応)において 「終了」が選択されたら(S246)、 S232に戻る。  When “Confirm lesson setting” is selected on the instructor-compatible menu screen (S242), the lessons that have been set for the instructor are extracted from the lesson table, and the lesson setting display screen (see FIG. 21) Instructor correspondence) is displayed (S244). The lesson setting display screen (for instructors) has a “display” button. By changing the “school”, “booth number”, “date”, and selecting the “display” button, other schools, You can check other booth numbers and lessons set for other dates. When “End” is selected on the lesson setting display screen (instructor support) (S246), the process returns to S232.
講師対応メニュー画面において「フリートーク設定の確認」が選択されたら(S248) 、フリートークテーブル力 フリートークルームの設定情報が取得され、フリートーク設 定表示画面 (講師対応)が表示される (S250)。フリートーク設定表示画面 (講師対 応)は、図 18に示す後述の受付対応処理におけるフリートーク設定表示画面 (受付 対応)と同様である。前述のように、テーマ欄には、テーマが決定されるまでは「テー マ表示」ボタンが表示され、このボタンが選択されるとこれまでに投稿されたテーマが 投票数とともに表示され、講師も提案するテーマを入力して「テーマ投稿」ボタンを選 択することで、新規テーマを提案できる。また、表示されたテーマのいずれかを選択 し「テーマ選定」ボタンを選択することで (S252)、当該フリートーク枠でのテーマが決 定され、フリートークテーブルに登録される(S254)。フリートークのテーマが決定され たら、フリートーク設定表示画面のテーマ欄には、設定されたテーマが表示される。ま た、フリートーク設定表示画面には「表示」ボタンが備えられ、「スクール」「ブース番号 」「年月日」を変更して「表示」を選択することで、他のスクール、他のブース、他の年 月日におけるフリートークルームの設定について確認することができる。フリートーク 設定表示画面にぉ 、て「終了」が選択されたら(S256)、 S 132に戻る。 When “Confirm free talk setting” is selected on the instructor-compatible menu screen (S248), the free talk table power free talk room setting information is acquired, and the free talk setting display screen (instructor compatible) is displayed (S250). The free talk setting display screen (for lecturer) is the same as the free talk setting display screen (for reception) in the acceptance handling process described later shown in FIG. As mentioned above, the theme field displays a “Theme Display” button until the theme is determined. When this button is selected, the themes that have been posted so far are displayed along with the number of votes. Enter a suggested theme and select the “Submit Theme” button By selecting, you can propose a new theme. Also, by selecting one of the displayed themes and selecting the “Select theme” button (S252), the theme in the free talk frame is determined and registered in the free talk table (S254). When the free talk theme is determined, the set theme is displayed in the theme field of the free talk setting display screen. In addition, the free talk setting display screen has a “display” button. By changing “school”, “booth number”, “date” and selecting “display”, other schools, other booths, You can check the free talk room settings for other dates. When “End” is selected on the free talk setting display screen (S256), the process returns to S132.
講師対応メニュー画面において「登録情報の確認 ·変更」が選択されると (S258)、 講師情報 DBから当該講師の登録内容が取得され、講師情報表示画面(図示省略) が表示される(S260)。講師情報表示画面において登録内容が修正され、「登録」が 選択されると (S262)、修正内容が取得され、講師情報 DBが更新される(S264)。 講師情報表示画面において「終了」が選択されると(S266)、 S132に戻る。  When “Confirm / Change Registration Information” is selected on the instructor-compatible menu screen (S258), the registered content of the instructor is acquired from the instructor information DB, and the instructor information display screen (not shown) is displayed (S260). . When the registered contents are corrected on the instructor information display screen and “Register” is selected (S262), the corrected contents are acquired and the instructor information DB is updated (S264). When “END” is selected on the lecturer information display screen (S266), the process returns to S132.
講師対応メニュー画面において「終了」が選択されたら (S268)、講師対応処理を 終了する。  When “End” is selected on the instructor corresponding menu screen (S268), the instructor corresponding process is terminated.
[0081] 各スクールの受付担当は、生徒からの電話を受けて生徒情報の登録 ·変更を行つ たり、レッスンの予約'変更を行ったり、講師力 の電話を受けて講師情報のを登録- 変更を行ったり、講師スケジュールの登録'変更を行ったり、レッスンの当日に講師や 生徒を対してレッスンの案内をしたり、各種の相談に応じることができるように、各スク ールの受付端末 216, 226, · · ·力 外国語レッスン運営管理サーバ 100の Webサ ーバ 102にアクセスして、「生徒情報の登録」「講師情報の登録」「レッスンの予約」「レ ッスン設定の確認'変更」「カルテの確認」を行うことができる受付対応処理を備える 力 上記生徒対応処理や上記講師対応処理と同様であるので、説明は省略する。 受付端末において表示されるレッスン設定表示画面 (受付対応)の例を図 17に、フ リートーク設定表示画面 (受付対応)の例を図 18に、それぞれ示す。  [0081] Each school receptionist receives phone calls from students to register and change student information, make lesson reservations, change teachers, and register instructor information after receiving phone calls from teachers- You can make changes, register your instructor schedule, change your instructor's schedule on the day of the lesson, guide your lessons to the instructor and students, and respond to various consultations. 216, 226, · · · Power Access the Web server 102 of the foreign language lesson management server 100, and register "student information", "teacher information", "lesson reservation", and "listen setting check". Power provided with reception processing that can perform “change” and “confirmation of medical records” Since this is the same as the above-mentioned student processing and instructor processing, description thereof will be omitted. An example of a lesson setting display screen (acceptance) displayed at the reception terminal is shown in FIG. 17, and an example of a free talk setting display screen (acceptance) is shown in FIG.
[0082] 図 5にレッスン枠生成処理の一実施例を示す。これは、レッスン日の一定期間前に 講師のスケジュールをもとにレッスンテーブルにレッスン枠をオープンする処理であり 、毎日一定の時刻に起動され、一定期間先の日のレッスン枠が生成される。 図のように、各スクールについて、最初に一定期間先の日のレッスンテーブルをォ ープンする(S302)。次に、オープンされたレッスンテーブルについて、各レッスン時 限毎に、講師スケジュールテーブルを参照して当該スクールに出勤予定であって対 応可能な講師を検索し、該当する講師が存在する場合にレッスン枠を生成し、当該 レッスンに使用する対面レッスンブースを選定し、選定されたブースの番号と当該対 応可能な講師を当該レッスン枠に登録する(S304)。これを、オープンされたレッスン テーブルの全レッスン時限にっ 、て行 、 (S306)、全スクールにつ 、て完了したら( S308)、レッスン枠生成処理を終了する。 FIG. 5 shows an embodiment of the lesson frame generation process. This is a process of opening a lesson frame in the lesson table based on the instructor's schedule before a certain period of lesson days, and is started at a certain time every day, and a lesson frame for the day ahead of a certain period is generated. As shown in the figure, for each school, first, the lesson table for a certain period ahead is opened (S302). Next, for each opened lesson table, for each lesson time period, refer to the instructor schedule table to search for available instructors who are scheduled to work at the school, and if there is an instructor, Generate a frame, select a face-to-face lesson booth to be used for the lesson, and register the selected booth number and the corresponding instructor in the lesson frame (S304). When this has been completed for all lessons in the opened lesson table (S306) and all schools (S308), the lesson frame generation process is terminated.
尚、実際にはレッスン日の 4週間前にレッスン枠をオープンしている。  Actually, lesson slots are opened 4 weeks before the lesson day.
[0083] 図 6にフリートーク枠生成処理の一実施例を示す。これは、フリートークルームを開 設する日の一定期間前にフリートークテーブルにフリートーク枠をオープンする処理 であり、毎日一定の時刻に起動され、一定期間先の日のフリートーク枠が生成される 図のように、フリートークルームを開設する各スクールについて、最初に一定期間先 の日のフリートークテーブルをオープンする(S322)。次に、オープンされたフリート ークテーブルについて、フリートークを開設するレッスン時限毎に、講師スケジュール テーブルを参照して当該スクールに出勤予定であって対応可能な講師を検索し、該 当する講師が存在する場合にフリートーク枠を生成し、当該レッスンに使用するフリ 一トークブースを選定し、選定されたブースの番号と当該対応可能な講師を当該フリ 一トーク枠に登録する(S324)。これを、フリートークを開設する全レッスン時限につ Vヽて行 、 (S326)、フリートークルームを開設する全スクールにつ!/、て完了したら(S3 28)、フリートーク枠生成処理を終了する。 FIG. 6 shows an example of the free talk frame generation process. This is a process of opening a free talk frame in the free talk table a certain period before the day when the free talk room is opened. It is started every day at a certain time, and a free talk frame for a certain period ahead is generated as shown in the figure. In addition, for each school that opens a free talk room, the free talk table for the day after a certain period is first opened (S322). Next, with respect to the open free talk table, for each lesson time period where a free talk is to be opened, refer to the instructor schedule table to search for instructors who are scheduled to attend the school and are available, and there is a corresponding instructor. A free talk frame is generated, a free talk booth to be used for the lesson is selected, and the selected booth number and the corresponding instructor are registered in the free talk frame (S324). When this is completed for all lesson time periods for establishing free talks (S326), and for all schools for establishing free talk rooms (S328), the free talk frame generation process is terminated.
尚、フリートーク枠についてもレッスン枠のオープンと同様にフリートークルームの開 設日の 4週間前にオープンしている力 担当する講師の割り当ての関係でレッスン枠 のオープンに先立って実行し、残りの講師によってレッスン枠を生成するようにしてい る力 レッスン枠の生成においてあらかじめフリートークルーム担当の講師を除外して おくようにすればレッスン枠の生成を先に行ってもよい。  As with the opening of the lesson frame, the free talk frame is executed 4 weeks before the opening date of the free talk room. The ability to generate lesson frames by creating a lesson frame If the instructor in charge of the free talk room is excluded in advance when generating the lesson frame, the lesson frame may be generated first.
[0084] 図 7から図 9にレッスン設定処理の一実施例を示す。 図のように、生徒力 のレッスンの申込みを受付けて、コース、言語、希望年月日、 希望レッスン時限、レッスン形態、遠隔レッスン可否を取得し (S402)、申込みが終了 するまで以下の処理を繰返す (S404)。 FIGS. 7 to 9 show an embodiment of the lesson setting process. As shown in the figure, accepting an application for student lessons, obtaining the course, language, desired date, desired lesson time limit, lesson form, availability of remote lessons (S402), and performing the following processing until the application is completed Repeat (S404).
最初に、当該生徒のカルテを参照してレベルを取得する(S406)。次に、当該生徒 の所属校のレッスンテーブルから当該希望年月日の当該レッスン時限の登録情報を 取出す(S408)。ここで、取得されたレッスン形態がグループレッスンの場合は(S40 9)、当該生徒のレベルと同一ゾーンの生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が存在するか確 認し (S410)、存在する場合は当該レッスン枠に空席があるか否かを確認し (S412) 、空席がある場合は当該レッスン枠に当該生徒を登録する(S414)。また S409にお いて取得されたレッスン形態がプライベートレッスンの場合と、 S410において当該生 徒のレベルと同一ゾーンの生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が存在しない場合と、 S412 において当該レッスン枠に空席がない場合は、未登録のレッスン枠が存在する力確 認し (S416)、存在すれば当該未登録のレッスン枠に当該生徒を登録する(S418) 。また、 S416において未登録のレッスン枠が存在しない場合は、取得された遠隔レ ッスン可否を確認し (S420)、可の場合は遠隔レッスン端末に空があるカゝ否かを確認 し(S422)、空がある場合は遠隔レッスンのレッスンテーブルから当該希望年月日の 当該レッスン時限の登録情報を取得し (S424)、同様にして当該生徒を登録可能か を判断し (S426)、登録可能である場合は遠隔レッスンのレッスンテーブルに当該生 徒を登録し(S428)、当該生徒の所属校のレッスンテーブルの遠隔レッスン端末に 遠隔レッスンのレッスン枠を生成する(S430)。これにより、当該スクールにおいて遠 隔レッスンによるレッスン枠が追加され、負荷が集中しても柔軟に対応できる。  First, a level is acquired with reference to the student's medical record (S406). Next, the registration information of the lesson time limit of the desired date is extracted from the lesson table of the student's school (S408). If the acquired lesson form is a group lesson (S409), check whether there is a lesson frame that contains students in the same zone as the student level (S410). It is confirmed whether there is a vacant seat in the lesson frame (S412). If there is a vacant seat, the student is registered in the lesson frame (S414). Also, when the lesson form acquired in S409 is a private lesson, there is no lesson frame in which students in the same zone as the student level are registered in S410, and there is no vacancy in the lesson frame in S412 If there is an unregistered lesson frame (S416), the student is registered in the unregistered lesson frame (S418). In S416, if there is no unregistered lesson frame, check whether the acquired remote lesson is available (S420), and if yes, check whether the remote lesson terminal is empty (S422). If there is space, the registration information for the lesson time limit on the desired date is obtained from the lesson table of the remote lesson (S424), and it is determined whether the student can be registered in the same way (S426). If there is, the student is registered in the remote lesson lesson table (S428), and the remote lesson frame is generated on the remote lesson terminal in the lesson table of the student's school (S430). As a result, a lesson frame for remote lessons is added at the school, and it is possible to respond flexibly even if the load is concentrated.
また、 S420において遠隔レッスンが不可である場合と、 S422において遠隔レツス ン端末に空がない場合と、 S426において遠隔レッスンのレッスンテーブルに登録不 能である場合は、エリア校のレッスンテーブルから当該希望年月日の当該レッスン時 限の登録情報を取得する(S440)。ここで、当該レッスン時限までに当該生徒の所属 校に移動可能であって、移動時間を含めて当該レッスン時限以降にいずれのレツス ン枠にも登録されていない講師が存在するカゝ否かを確認し (S442)、存在する場合 は当該エリア校のレッスンテーブルの当該移動時間のレッスン枠を消去し、当該レツ スン時限以降のレッスン枠を当該生徒の所属校のレッスン枠に振替える(S444)。そ して、当該振替えられたレッスン枠に当該生徒を登録し (S446)、講師スケジュール テーブルの当該講師について、当該移動時間に移動中である旨を登録し、当該レツ スン時間以降の出勤場所を当該生徒の所属校に変更する(S448)。これにより、スク ール間で負荷が片寄った場合にでも、エリア校力 講師を派遣することで柔軟に対 応できる。 If the remote lesson is not possible in S420, if the remote lesson terminal is empty in S422, or if it is not possible to register in the remote lesson lesson table in S426, the request will be made from the lesson table in the area school. The registration information of the lesson time of the year / month / day is acquired (S440). Here, whether or not there is a teacher who can move to the school to which the student belongs by the lesson time period and is not registered in any of the lesson frames after the lesson time period, including the travel time. Check (S442), and if it exists, delete the lesson frame for the travel time in the lesson table of the area school, and The lesson frame after the Sun period is transferred to the lesson frame of the student's school (S444). Then, the student is registered in the transferred lesson frame (S446), the instructor in the instructor schedule table is registered that the instructor is moving during the travel time, and the place of attendance after the lesson time is registered. Change to the school to which the student belongs (S448). As a result, even if the load is shifted between the school, it is possible to flexibly respond by dispatching an area school instructor.
また、 S442において移動時間を含めて当該レッスン時限以降にいずれのレッスン 枠にも登録されていない講師が存在しない場合には、当該生徒に対してレッスン申 込み条件の再入力を促し、 S402に戻る。  In S442, if there is no instructor who is not registered in any lesson frame after the lesson time limit including the travel time, the student is prompted to re-enter the lesson application conditions and the process returns to S402. .
[0085] 次に、一度設定されたレッスンをレッスン日の直前に最適化するレッスン最適化処 理について説明する。 [0085] Next, a lesson optimization process for optimizing a lesson once set immediately before the lesson date will be described.
図 10に示すように、レッスン最適化処理は講師の移動を最小限にする講師移動最 小化処理 (S520)と、グループレッスンにおける生徒の組合せを最適化する生徒組 合せ最適化処理 (S540)と、指導する講師を最適化する指導講師最適化処理 (S57 0)とから構成される。尚、レッスンの最適化は、できる限りレッスン時間の直前に行う のが好ましいが、講師の準備や生徒への通知の問題があるので実際には前日に行 つている。  As shown in Figure 10, the lesson optimization process is a lecturer movement minimization process (S520) that minimizes instructor movement, and a student combination optimization process that optimizes student combinations in group lessons (S540). And an instruction instructor optimization process (S57 0) for optimizing the instructor to be instructed. The lesson optimization is preferably done as soon as possible before the lesson time, but it is actually done the day before because there are issues with teacher preparation and student notification.
[0086] 図 11に講師移動最小化処理の一実施例を示す。  FIG. 11 shows an embodiment of the lecturer movement minimization process.
図のように、最初に各スクールの翌日のレッスンテーブルを取得する(S522)。次に 、スクール間の移動が設定されている講師を対象講師として抽出する(S524)。対象 講師が抽出された場合は(S526)、該当する講師が移動後のスクールにおいてレツ スンが設定されて 、る対象レッスン枠にっ 、て、対応可能であってレッスンが設定さ れて 、な 、入替講師を抽出する(S528)。 、ずれかの対照レッスン枠につ!、て入替 講師が抽出された場合は(S530)、抽出された各入替講師を各対象レッスン枠に登 録する(S532)。また、対象講師の移動前のスクールのレッスンテーブルに移動以降 の時限のレッスン枠を再設定する(S534)。以上の処理を全対象講師について終了 するまで S528から繰返す(S536)。 S526において対象講師が抽出されなかった場 合と、 S530においていずれの対照レッスン枠についても入替講師が抽出されなかつ た場合は、講師移動最小化処理を終了する。 As shown in the figure, first, a lesson table for the next day of each school is acquired (S522). Next, a lecturer set to move between schools is extracted as a target lecturer (S524). If the target instructor is extracted (S526), the lesson is set in the target lesson frame where the corresponding instructor is set to the lesson, and the lesson is set. The replacement lecturer is extracted (S528). If a replacement instructor is extracted (S530), each extracted replacement instructor is registered in each target lesson frame (S532). In addition, the lesson frame for the time period after the move is reset in the lesson table of the school before the move of the target lecturer (S534). The above processing is repeated from S528 until all the instructors are completed (S536). If the target instructor was not extracted in S526, and no replacement instructor was extracted for any contrast lesson frame in S530. If so, the instructor movement minimization process is terminated.
これにより、例えば、移動先のスクールにおいて、生徒のキャンセルがあって講師に 空ができた場合や、欠席予定の講師が出席となった場合等に、講師の移動を削減で きる。尚、この処理は、レッスン日の直前だけでなぐ生徒のキャンセルがあった場合 や講師のスケジュールが変更された場合に随時実施するようにしてもょ 、。  This can reduce the movement of instructors, for example, when a student cancels at the destination school and the instructor is vacant, or when an instructor who is scheduled to be absent is present. This process may be performed at any time if the student cancels just before the lesson date or if the instructor's schedule is changed.
[0087] 図 12に生徒組合せ最適化処理の一実施例を示す。  FIG. 12 shows an example of the student combination optimization process.
図のように、最初に各スクールの翌日のレッスンテーブルを取得する(S542)。次に 、グループレッスンが設定されている各レッスン枠について、登録されている生徒の 平均レベルを求め(S544)、対象となる移動元レッスン枠について、生徒のレベルが 平均レベルから一定以上離れた生徒を移動元生徒として抽出する(S546)。移動元 生徒が抽出された場合は(S548)、同一レッスン時限であってグループレッスンが設 定されているレッスン枠のうち、その平均レベルが抽出された移動元生徒のレベルに 対して一定範囲内にあって最も近いレッスン枠を移動先レッスン枠として抽出する(S 550)。移動先レッスン枠が抽出された場合であって(S552)、移動先レッスン枠に空 席がある場合には(S554)、移動元生徒を移動先レッスン枠に移動する(S556)。 S 554にお 、て移動先レッスン枠に空席がな 、場合には、移動先レッスン枠に登録さ れている生徒のうち、移動元レッスン枠の平均レベルに対して一定範囲にあって最も 近い生徒を移動先生徒として抽出する(S558)。移動先生徒が抽出された場合は(S 560)、移動元生徒と移動先生徒を入替える(S562)。 S552において移動先レツス ン枠が抽出されな力つた場合と、 S560において移動先生徒が抽出されな力つた場 合は、 S564に行き、全移動元生徒について終了するまで S550から処理を繰返す。 また、 S548において移動元生徒が抽出されなかった場合は、 S568に行き、全スク ールにつ 、て終了するまで S542から処理を繰返す。  As shown in the figure, first, a lesson table for the next day of each school is acquired (S542). Next, the average level of the registered students is determined for each lesson frame for which group lessons are set (S544), and the student whose level is far from the average level for the source lesson frame to be moved is determined. Is extracted as a movement source student (S546). When the source student is extracted (S548), the average level of lesson frames that have the same lesson time and group lessons is within the range of the source student level that was extracted. Then, the closest lesson frame is extracted as the destination lesson frame (S550). If the destination lesson frame has been extracted (S552) and there is an empty seat in the destination lesson frame (S554), the source student is moved to the destination lesson frame (S556). In S 554, if there is no vacant seat in the destination lesson frame, among the students registered in the destination lesson frame, they are within a certain range and closest to the average level of the source lesson frame A student is extracted as a destination student (S558). When the destination student is extracted (S560), the source student and destination student are exchanged (S562). If it is determined in S552 that the movement destination frame has not been extracted, or if the movement destination student has not been extracted in S560, the process proceeds to S564, and the process is repeated from S550 until all the movement source students are completed. If the source student is not extracted in S548, the process goes to S568, and the process is repeated from S542 until the end of all the school.
これにより、グループレッスンにおける生徒のレベルは均一化し、より密度の高いレ ッスンが提供できる。尚、生徒のレベルが平均レベル力も一定以上離れたとは、例え ば 1以上離れた場合としてもよぐ移動先の平均レベルが移動元生徒のレベルに対し て一定範囲内とは、例えば 1未満である場合としてもよい。  This makes the level of students in group lessons uniform and provides a more dense lesson. It should be noted that the average level of the student is more than a certain level, for example, if the average level of the destination is within a certain range with respect to the level of the source student, for example, less than 1 There may be some cases.
[0088] また、生徒組合せ最適化処理の他の例として、グループレッスンが設定されている 各レッスン枠について、登録されている各生徒のカルテを参照してこれまでに使用さ れたテキストの情報を取得し、使用されたテキストの一致が一定範囲未満の生徒を抽 出し、同一レッスン時限の同一ゾーンのレッスン枠間で登録されている生徒を入替え 、各レッスン枠の生徒について使用されたテキストの一致が一定範囲以上とする処理 を設けてもよい。これにより、後述のテキスト選定の自由度が高くなり、生徒一人一人 に対してより適切なカリキュラムを選択することが可能となる。 [0088] As another example of the student combination optimization process, a group lesson is set. For each lesson frame, refer to each registered student's medical record to obtain information on the text used so far, extract students whose text matches less than a certain range, extract the same lesson time limit A process may be provided in which students registered between lesson frames in the same zone are replaced so that the match of the text used for the students in each lesson frame exceeds a certain range. As a result, the degree of freedom of text selection, which will be described later, is increased, and a more appropriate curriculum can be selected for each student.
図 13に指導講師最適化処理の一実施例を示す。  Fig. 13 shows an example of the tutor optimization process.
図のように、最初に各スクールの翌日のレッスンテーブルを取得する(S572)。次に 、各レッスン枠について登録されている生徒のカルテを参照して、登録されている講 師がいずれかの生徒に対して一定期間内に一定頻度以上対応したレッスン枠を対 象レッスン枠として抽出する(S574)。対象レッスン枠が存在した場合は(S576)、対 象レッスン枠と同一レッスン時限に対応可能であってレッスンが設定されていない講 師のうち、対象レッスン枠に登録されているいずれの生徒に対しても一定期間内に一 定頻度以上対応していない講師を抽出する(S578)。該当する講師が抽出された場 合は(S580)、抽出された講師について対象レッスン枠に登録されている各生徒に 対して最短の対応期間または最高の対応頻度を取得し、最短の対応期間が最も長 V、講師または最高の対応頻度が最も低!、講師を選定して対象レッスン枠に登録され ている講師と入替える(S582)。 S580において該当する講師が抽出されない場合は 、多少レッスン枠と同一レッスン時限の他の対象レッスン枠に登録されている講師のう ち、対象レッスン枠に登録されているいずれの生徒に対しても一定期間内に一定頻 度以上対応していない講師を抽出する(S584)。該当する講師が抽出された場合は (S586)、抽出された講師について対象レッスン枠に登録されている各生徒に対して 最短の対応期間または最高の対応頻度を取得し、最短の対応期間が最も長い講師 または最高の対応頻度が最も低 、講師を選定して、対象レッスン枠に登録されて ヽ る講師と入替え(S590)、 S592に行く。以上の処理を、全レッスン枠について終了す るまで S578力も繰返す (S592)。  As shown in the figure, first, a lesson table for the next day of each school is acquired (S572). Next, referring to the student's medical record registered for each lesson frame, the lesson frame corresponding to a certain student more than a certain frequency within a certain period of time as a registered lesson frame for any student Extract (S574). If there is a target lesson frame (S576), for any student who is available for the same lesson time limit as the target lesson frame and has no lessons set, However, instructors who do not support a certain frequency within a certain period are extracted (S578). If the corresponding instructor is extracted (S580), the shortest response period or the highest response frequency is obtained for each student registered in the target lesson frame for the extracted instructor. Select the instructor who is the longest V, the instructor or the least frequently responded! And replace the instructor registered in the target lesson frame (S582). If the corresponding instructor is not extracted in S580, it will be the same for any student registered in the target lesson frame among the instructors registered in the other lesson frame of the same lesson time limit as the lesson frame. Instructors who do not support a certain frequency within the period are extracted (S584). When the corresponding instructor is extracted (S586), the shortest response period or the highest response frequency is obtained for each student registered in the target lesson frame for the extracted instructor, and the shortest response period is the longest. Select the long instructor or the instructor who has the lowest response frequency, and replace with the instructor registered in the target lesson frame (S590), go to S592. Repeat S578 until the above process is completed for all lesson slots (S592).
また、 S576において対象レッスン枠が抽出されな力つた場合は、 S594に行き、全 スクールにつ 、て終了するまで S572から処理を繰返す(S594)。 これにより、レッスンを受ける各生徒は、原則として一定期間内に一定頻度以上対 応していない講師により指導を受けることができるので、マンネリ化することなぐかつ 対話相手の変化に対応できる実戦力を要請できる。 If the target lesson frame is not extracted in S576, the process goes to S594 and repeats the process from S572 until all schools are completed (S594). As a result, each student who takes a lesson can receive guidance from a lecturer who does not respond to a certain frequency within a certain period of time in principle. it can.
尚、一定期間には同一日を含み、一定頻度は 2回を含み、同一日に同じ講師が対 応しな 、ようにすることを含む。  It should be noted that a certain period includes the same day, a certain frequency includes two times, and includes making sure that the same instructor does not respond on the same day.
[0090] また、指導講師最適化処理の他の例として、講師情報 DBに記録されている出身地 情報に基づき、各レッスン枠に登録されている生徒のカルテを参照して、各生徒につ いて過去に対応した講師の出身地の頻度を求め、登録されている講師の出身地が Vヽずれかの生徒につ ヽて一定期間内に一定頻度以上対応した出身地である場合を 対象レッスン枠とし、同様にしてに同一出身地の講師が一定期間内に一定頻度以上 対応しないようにしてもよい。 [0090] As another example of the guidance instructor optimization process, each student is referred to by referring to the student's medical record registered in each lesson frame based on the birthplace information recorded in the lecturer information DB. If the registered instructor's hometown is a V or a student who has a corresponding frequency of a certain frequency within a certain period of time Similarly, instructors from the same hometown may not respond more than a certain frequency within a certain period.
[0091] 図 14にテキスト選定処理の一実施例を示す。このテキスト選定処理は、レッスンテ 一ブルに設定された各グループレッスンにお 、て、グルーピングされた!/、ずれの生 徒も未学習であるテキストを選定できるようにするものであり、グループレッスンにおい て同じレッスンが繰返し提供されることを抑制するものである。この処理は、前述の生 徒組合せ最適化処理の終了後に起動される。 FIG. 14 shows an example of the text selection process. This text selection process makes it possible for each group lesson set up in the lesson table to select grouped! / And unstudents to select unlearned text. The same lesson is not repeatedly provided. This process is started after the above-described student combination optimization process is completed.
図のように、最初に各スクールの翌日のレッスンテーブルを取得する(S602)。次に 、各レッスン枠につ!、て登録されて 、る生徒によって定まるゾーンにぉ 、て使用する テキストのうち、 V、ずれの生徒も使用して!/ヽな ヽユニットを抽出してレッスンテーブル に登録する(S604)。これを、全レッスン枠につ! /、て S604力ら繰返し(S606)、全ス クーノレにつ 、て S602力ら繰返す (S608)。  As shown in the figure, first, a lesson table for the next day of each school is acquired (S602). Next, for each lesson frame !, you can use the text that is registered in the zone defined by the students, and use the V and the misplaced students. Register in the table (S604). Repeat this for all lesson slots! /, And repeat for S604 (S606), repeat for all schools and S602 (S608).
そして、各レッスン枠について登録された講師力ものアクセスを受け、当該講師によ つて選定されたユニットをレッスンテーブルに登録し(S610)、テキスト選定処理を終 了する。講師によるユニットの選定は、前述の講師対応処理において、講師メニュー 画面から「レッスンの設定確認」を選択した際に、表示されるレッスン設定表示(図 21 )において、テキスト欄を選択することで行う。テキストの選定が終了していない場合 には、図のように未設定と表示され、該当部分を選択することで、図 22のようなテキス ト選定画面が表示され、表示されている未学習ユニットから適切なものを選ぶ力 ま たは講師の判断で他のユニットを選択し、「決定」ボタンを選択することで、選択され たユニットがレッスンテーブルに登録され、レッスン設定表示画面に選択結果が表示 される。 Then, the instructor-powered access registered for each lesson frame is received, the unit selected by the instructor is registered in the lesson table (S610), and the text selection process is completed. Unit selection by the instructor is performed by selecting the text field in the lesson setting display (Fig. 21) displayed when "Confirm lesson setting" is selected from the instructor menu screen in the instructor handling process described above. . If the text selection has not been completed, it will be displayed as not set as shown in the figure, and by selecting the relevant part, the text selection screen as shown in Fig. 22 will be displayed. The power to choose the right one Or select another unit at the discretion of the instructor and select the “OK” button to register the selected unit in the lesson table and display the selection result on the lesson setting display screen.
以上のようなテキスト選定処理により、グループレッスンにおいて同じレッスンが重 複して提供されることが抑制され、生徒一人一人の向上に合わせて適切なカリキユラ ムを設定することができる。  The text selection process as described above prevents the same lesson from being provided in a group lesson and can set an appropriate curriculum according to each student's improvement.
尚、上記テキスト選定処理では、グルーピングされたいずれの生徒も未学習のュ- ットが自動抽出され、講師が抽出結果を参照して使用するユニットを選定するものとし たが、抽出された未学習のユニットから使用するユニットが自動選択されるようにし、 未学習のユニットが存在しな 、場合にのみ講師が判断して選択するようにしてもよ ヽ ユニットの自動選択は、例えば、抽出された未学習のユニットから最も番号の小さい 物を選択するようにしてもよぐランダムに選択するようにしてもょ ヽ。  In the above text selection process, the unlearned unit is automatically extracted for all grouped students, and the instructor selects the unit to be used by referring to the extraction result. The unit to be used is automatically selected from the learning units, and the instructor may determine and select only when there is no unlearned unit. You can select the lowest numbered unit from unlearned units or randomly select it.
図 15にレベル管理処理の一実施例を示す。このレベル管理処理は、レッスンを実 施した講師によりレベルが向上をしたと認められる生徒にっ 、てレベルチェックの受 験推薦が発行され、当該生徒がレベルチェックを受けることでレベル判定結果がカル テに記録されるものである。  Figure 15 shows an example of the level management process. In this level management process, a student who is recognized as having improved in level by the instructor who conducted the lesson is issued a recommendation for taking a level check. It is recorded in the te.
図のように、レッスンを実施した講師からのアクセスを受け、レッスンを受講した各生 徒についてのレッスン評価と、レベルが向上したと認められる生徒についてのレベル チェック受験推薦を取得し、カルテに記録する(S702)。カルテにレベルチェック受 験推薦が記録された生徒に対して、その旨をメールにより通知する(S704)。次に、 レベルチェックの受験推薦を受けた生徒からのレベルチェックの受験申し込みを受け 、レベルチェックの希望日時を取得する(S706)。講師スケジュールテーブル w参照 して、取得された希望日時に対応可能であって、レッスンが設定されていない講師ま たはフリートーク枠に設定されている講師を抽出する(S708)。ここで、フリートーク枠 の講師が抽出されたのは、レベルチ ックは比較的短時間であり、一時的な中座で あればフリートークルームの意義が損なわれることがないからである。該当する講師 が抽出されたら(S710)、レッスンテーブルにレベルチェック枠が設定され、使用する ブース番号と当該講師と当該生徒が登録される(S712)。 As shown in the figure, we received access from the instructor who conducted the lesson, obtained the lesson evaluation for each student who took the lesson, and the level check recommendation recommendation for the student who was deemed to have improved the level, and recorded it in the medical record (S702). The student whose level check recommendation is recorded in the medical record is notified by email (S704). Next, a level check examination application is received from a student who has received a recommendation for taking a level check, and a desired date and time for the level check is acquired (S706). By referring to the lecturer schedule table w, a lecturer who can correspond to the acquired desired date and time and has no lesson set or a lecturer set in the free talk frame is extracted (S708). Here, the instructors in the free talk frame were selected because the level check is relatively short, and the meaning of the free talk room is not impaired if it is a temporary center. Once the corresponding instructor is extracted (S710), the level check frame is set in the lesson table and used. The booth number, the lecturer, and the student are registered (S712).
そして、実際にレベルチェックが実施されたら、当該講師力ものアクセスを受け、レ ベル判定結果を評価とともに取得し、当該生徒のカルテに記録に記録する(S712)  Then, when the level check is actually performed, access to the relevant instructor is received, the level determination result is obtained together with the evaluation, and recorded in the record of the student (S712)
[0093] 上記実施形態では、レベル管理の流れがわ力るように、レッスンを実施した講師に よるカルテへのレベルチェック受験推薦の記録と、レベルチェックを実施した講師に よるカルテへのレベル判定結果の記録をレベル管理処理として記述したが、前述の 講師対応処理の講師対応メニューとして設けてもょ ヽことは言うまでもな 、。 [0093] In the embodiment described above, in order to improve the flow of level management, a record of recommendation for taking a level check on a medical record by the instructor who conducted the lesson and a level determination on the medical record by the instructor who performed the level check Although the result record was described as a level management process, it goes without saying that it may be provided as an instructor-compatible menu for the instructor-compatible process described above.
[0094] 上記実施形態では、外国語レッスン運営管理サーバ 100は、生徒が通学してレツス ンを受ける複数のスクールを総合的に管理するものであって、レッスン設定処理は、 生徒からのレッスンの申込みに対して、所属校に未設定のレッスン枠がなぐ対応可 能な講師が存在しない場合に、一定のエリア内の他のスクールのレッスン枠を振替え る機能を有する場合について説明したが、本願発明はこれに限定されるものではなく 、単一のスクールについてレッスン設定を行うものでもよぐ本願発明の効果を奏する  [0094] In the embodiment described above, the foreign language lesson management server 100 comprehensively manages a plurality of schools where students go to school and receive lessons, and the lesson setting process is performed for lessons from students. The application has been explained for the case where there is no instructor who can accommodate the lesson frame that has not been set at the school, and the application has a function to transfer lesson frames from other schools within a certain area. The invention is not limited to this, and the effect of the present invention can be achieved even if a lesson is set for a single school.
[0095] 上記実施形態では、外国語レッスン運営管理サーバ 100は、生徒が通学してレツス ンを受けるスクールと自宅力 テレビ電話を用いて遠隔でレッスンを受ける遠隔レツス ンセンター 400とを総合的に管理するものとして説明した力 本願発明はこれに限定 されるものではなぐ単にスクールの運営管理のみを行うものであってもよい。 [0095] In the above embodiment, the foreign language lesson management server 100 comprehensively includes a school where students attend school and receive lessons, and a remote lesson center 400 that receives lessons remotely using home-powered videophones. The power described as being managed The present invention is not limited to this, and may be merely for managing the school.
[0096] 上記実施形態では、生徒が通学してレッスンを受けるスクール内に遠隔レッスンセ ンターに接続してスクールにおいて遠隔でレッスンを受ける遠隔レッスン端末を備え 、レッスン設定処理は、生徒からのレッスンの申込みに対して、未設定のレッスン枠が なぐ対応可能な講師が存在しない場合であって、生徒が認める場合には遠隔レツス ンを設定する機能を有する場合について説明したが、本願発明はこれに限定される ものではなぐ対面レッスンのみを対象とするものでもよぐ本願発明の効果を奏する  [0096] In the above embodiment, a remote lesson terminal is provided in the school where the student attends the lesson and connects to the remote lesson center to receive the lesson remotely at the school, and the lesson setting process is the application of the lesson from the student. On the other hand, a case has been explained where there is no instructor who can accommodate the lesson frame that has not been set, and there is a function to set a remote lesson when the student accepts, but the present invention is not limited to this. The effect of the present invention can be obtained even if it is only for face-to-face lessons.
[0097] 上記実施形態では、レッスン枠生成処理によってレッスン日の一定期間前に対応 可能な講師の数だけレッスン枠を生成し、レッスン設定処理では、生徒力 のレツス ンの申込みに対して、生成されて 、るレッスン枠に対してグルーピングを行って 、くも のとして説明したが、本願発明はこれに限定されるものではなぐあらかじめレッスン 枠を生成するレッスン枠生成処理を設けず、生徒からのレッスンの申込みに対応して レッスン枠を生成していくようにしてもよい。すなわち、レッスン設定処理として、生徒 力もレッスンの申込みを受付け、レッスンの希望日時を取得し、カルテを参照して当 該生徒のレベルを取得し、レッスンテーブルの取得された希望日時に取得されたレ ベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が生成されている場合であって 、当該レッスン枠に所定人数の生徒が登録されていない場合に、当該レッスン枠に 当該生徒を登録し、レッスンテーブルの取得された希望日時に取得されたレベルと 同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が生成されて ヽな 、かまたは生成され ていても当該レッスン枠に所定人数の生徒が登録されている場合であって、講師スケ ジュールテーブルを参照して取得された希望日時に対応可能であって、いずれのレ ッスン枠にも登録されて 、な 、講師が存在する場合に、レッスンテーブルに新たなレ ッスン枠を生成し、当該生徒と当該講師と新規のブース番号とを登録するようにして もよぐ本願発明の効果を奏する。 [0097] In the above embodiment, lesson frames are generated by the lesson frame generation process for the number of instructors that can be accommodated before a certain period of the lesson day, and the lesson setting process is used to reduce the student's ability level. The lesson frame generation process that generates a lesson frame in advance is not limited to this. However, the present invention is not limited to this. The lesson frame may be generated in response to a lesson application from a student. That is, as lesson setting processing, the student ability also accepts lesson application, obtains the desired date and time of the lesson, obtains the level of the student by referring to the medical record, and acquires the level acquired at the obtained desired date and time of the lesson table. If a lesson frame has been created in which students in the same zone as the bell are registered, and there are not a predetermined number of students registered in the lesson frame, the student is registered in the lesson frame, A lesson frame is created in which students in the same zone as the level acquired at the desired date and time of the table are registered, or even if a lesson frame is generated, a predetermined number of students are registered in the lesson frame. Can be accommodated to the desired date and time obtained by referring to the instructor schedule table and registered in any lesson frame. , Do, when instructor is present, generates a new record listens frame lesson table, be registered in the relevant students and the instructor and the new booth the effect of Yogu present invention.
[0098] 上記実施形態では、あら力じめレッスンの時間割を決めておき、希望日時として年 月日とレッスン時限とを取得してレッスンを設定するとした力 本願発明におけるレツ スンの希望日時には、年月日とレッスン時限とを指定することを含む概念である。 また、上記実施形態のように、レッスンの時限を決めることなぐ取得された希望日 時に基づ 、てレッスン枠を設定して行くようにしてもょ 、ことは言うまでもな!/、。  [0098] In the above embodiment, the power of deciding the timetable of the lesson and setting the lesson by obtaining the date and the lesson time limit as the desired date and time. It is a concept that includes specifying the date and lesson time. In addition, as in the above embodiment, it is possible to set the lesson frame based on the desired date and time obtained without deciding the time limit of the lesson! Needless to say!
[0099] 上記実施形態では、レッスン設定処理は、生徒からレッスンの希望日時を取得して レッスンを設定するとして説明したが、生徒に対して設定可能なレッスン枠の候補を 提示して、その中から選択させるようにしてもよぐ本願発明の効果を奏する。すなわ ち、レッスン枠生成処理により、レッスンテーブルに対して、レッスン日の一定期間前 に、講師スケジュールテーブルを参照して講師が対応可能な時間帯にブース番号を 指定してレッスン枠を生成し、レッスン設定処理により、生徒からレッスンの申込みを 受付け、カルテを参照して当該生徒のレベルを取得し、レッスンテーブルに取得され たレベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が存在する場合であって所 定人数の生徒が登録されて 、な 、レッスン枠と生徒が未登録のレッスン枠とを受入 れ可能なレッスン枠として提示し、提示されたレッスン枠のうち当該生徒により選択さ れたレッスン枠に当該生徒を登録するようにしてもよぐ本願発明の効果を奏する。 [0099] In the above-described embodiment, the lesson setting process has been described as setting the lesson by obtaining the desired lesson date and time from the student. The effect of the present invention can be obtained by selecting from the above. In other words, the lesson frame generation process generates a lesson frame for the lesson table by specifying a booth number in a time zone that the instructor can handle by referring to the instructor schedule table before a certain period of the lesson day. When the lesson setting process accepts a lesson application from a student, obtains the student's level by referring to the medical record, and there is a lesson frame in which students in the same zone as the level acquired are registered in the lesson table Because When a fixed number of students are registered, the lesson frame and the unregistered lesson frame are presented as acceptable lesson frames, and the lesson frame selected by the student from the displayed lesson frames is displayed. The effect of the present invention can be obtained even if the student is registered.
[0100] 上記実施形態では、レッスン最適化処理として、講師移動最小化処理と、生徒組合 せ最適化処理と、指導講師最適化処理とを備えるものとして説明したが、必要な最適 化の要求に応じて一部の機能を備えるようにしてもょ 、ことは言うまでもな 、。  [0100] In the above embodiment, the lesson optimization process has been described as including a lesson movement minimization process, a student union optimization process, and an instructor optimization process. Needless to say, some functions may be provided.
尚、上記実施形態では、講師移動最小化処理や指導講師最適化処理において、 再設定する講師はレッスンテーブルのみを参照している力 フリートークテーブルをも 参照して最適化するようにしてもょ 、ことは言うまでもな 、。  In the above embodiment, in the instructor movement minimization process and the instructor instructor optimization process, the instructor to be reset may be optimized by referring to the force free talk table that refers only to the lesson table. Needless to say.
[0101] 上記実施形態では、レベル管理処理において、レッスンを実施した講師がレベル の向上が認められる生徒のカルテにレベルチェックの受験推薦を記録し、レベルチェ ックを実施した講師が生徒のカルテにレベル判定結果を記録することで、レッスン設 定において、生徒のレベルの向上に合わせたグルーピングが行われるものとして説 明した力 カルテへのレベルの記録は必ずしもレベルチェックを実施して行う必要は なぐレッスンを実施した講師がレベルを判定してカルテに現在のレベルを記録する ようにしてもよぐ本願発明の効果を奏する。  [0101] In the above embodiment, in the level management process, the instructor who conducted the lesson records the recommendation for taking the level check in the student's chart where improvement in level is recognized, and the instructor who performed the level check records in the student's chart. By recording the level judgment results, it is not necessary to record the level in the power chart, which is explained as grouping according to the improvement of the student's level in the lesson setting. The effect of the present invention can be obtained even if the instructor who conducted the lesson judges the level and records the current level in the medical record.
[0102] 上記実施形態では、フリートークルームを開設するフリートークテーブルは、レツス ンテーブルとは別に備えるものとして説明した力 フリートークテーブルをレッスンテ 一ブルのなかに生成するようにしてもよい。これにより、レッスンに設定されている講 師とフリートークルームを担当する講師をレッスンテーブルを参照するだけで統一的 に取り扱える。特に例えば、レッスン最適化処理において再設定する講師を検索する 際にレッスンテーブルのみを参照することで、フリートーク枠に設定されている講師を も同時に再設定の対象とできる。  [0102] In the above embodiment, the free talk table for establishing the free talk room may be generated in the lesson table as the power free talk table described as being provided separately from the lesson table. In this way, the lecturer set up for the lesson and the instructor in charge of the free talk room can be handled in a unified manner simply by referring to the lesson table. In particular, for example, by searching only the lesson table when searching for the instructor to be reset in the lesson optimization process, the instructor set in the free talk frame can also be reset at the same time.
産業上の利用可能性  Industrial applicability
[0103] 以上のように、この発明によれば、ネイティブスピーカを講師とする少人数制のレツ スンを生徒が希望する日時に提供でき、かつ生徒一人一人のレベルの向上に合わ せた適切なカリキュラムを低価格で提供できる外国語レッスン運営管理システムを構 成できる。 尚、本願発明は上述した各実施形態に限定されるものではなぐ本願発明の効果 を奏する限り、各実施形態で述べた構成要素を適宜入れ替えたり、新たな構成要素 を追加したり、一部の構成要素を削除したりしてもょ 、ことは!、うまでもな!/、。 [0103] As described above, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a small group of lessons with a native speaker as an instructor at the date and time desired by the student, and to appropriately improve the level of each student. A foreign language lesson management system that can provide curriculum at a low price can be configured. It should be noted that the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, and as long as the effects of the present invention are achieved, the constituent elements described in the respective embodiments may be appropriately replaced, new constituent elements may be added, Even if you delete a component, it is!

Claims

請求の範囲 The scope of the claims
[1] ネイティブスピーカを講師とし、語学力のレベルが一定のゾーンにある少人数の生 徒をグルーピングして外国語レッスンを実施する外国語レッスン運営管理システムで あって、  [1] A foreign language lesson management system that conducts foreign language lessons by grouping a small number of students in a zone where the level of language proficiency is taught by native speakers.
生徒毎に生成され、当該生徒の現在の語学力のレベルとこれまでに学習されたテ キストの履歴を含むレッスン履歴が記録されるカルテと、講師のスケジュールが登録 される講師スケジュールテーブルと、レッスン枠が生成され、所定人数の生徒と指導 する講師と使用するブースの番号とが登録されるレッスンテーブルとを備え、 生徒力 レッスンの申込みを受付け、レッスンの希望日時を取得する機能と、前記 カルテを参照して当該生徒のレベルを取得する機能と、前記レッスンテーブルの前 記取得された希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録され たレッスン枠が生成されている場合であって、当該レッスン枠に所定人数の生徒が登 録されていない場合に、当該レッスン枠に当該生徒を登録する機能と、前記レッスン テーブルの前記取得された希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーンにある生 徒が登録されたレッスン枠が生成されて ヽな 、かまたは生成されて 、ても当該レツス ン枠に所定人数の生徒が登録されて 、る場合であって、講師スケジュールテーブル を参照して前記取得された希望日時に対応可能であって、いずれのレッスン枠にも 登録されて!ヽな ヽ講師が存在する場合に、前記レッスンテーブルに新たなレッスン枠 を生成し、当該生徒と当該講師と新規のブース番号とを登録する機能とを有するレツ スン設定手段と、  A chart that is generated for each student and includes a lesson history that includes the current level of language skills of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, an instructor schedule table in which the instructor schedule is registered, and lessons A frame is generated, and a lesson table in which a predetermined number of students, instructors to be instructed, and booth numbers to be used are registered, a function to accept student power lesson application and obtain the desired date and time of the lesson, The function to acquire the level of the student with reference to the above and the lesson frame in which students in the same zone as the acquired level are registered at the desired date and time acquired in the lesson table are generated. When a predetermined number of students are not registered in the lesson frame, the function of registering the students in the lesson frame and the label When a lesson frame is created in which the students in the same zone as the acquired level are registered at the acquired desired date and time in the sun table, even if a lesson frame is generated, a predetermined number of people are included in the lesson frame. If there is a student who is registered, it is possible to respond to the desired date and time obtained by referring to the instructor schedule table and registered in any lesson frame! A lesson setting means having a function of generating a new lesson frame in the lesson table and registering the student, the instructor, and a new booth number;
前記レッスンテーブルに生成された各レッスン枠にっ 、て、当該レッスン枠に登録 された生徒によって定まるゾーンにおいて使用するテキストのうち当該レッスン枠に登 録されたいずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットを抽出して選定する機能と、レッスン において使用されたユニットをカルテに記録する機能とを有するテキスト選定手段と を備えたことを特徴とする、外国語レッスン運営管理システム。  For each lesson frame generated in the lesson table, a unit that is unlearned for any student registered in the lesson frame among the texts used in the zones determined by the students registered in the lesson frame. A foreign language lesson management system comprising a text selection means having a function of extracting and selecting, and a function of recording units used in the lesson in a medical record.
[2] ネイティブスピーカを講師とし、語学力のレベルが一定のゾーンにある少人数の生 徒をグルーピングして外国語レッスンを実施する外国語レッスン運営管理システムで あって、 生徒毎に生成され、当該生徒の現在の語学力のレベルとこれまでに学習されたテ キストの履歴を含むレッスン履歴が記録されるカルテと、講師のスケジュールが登録 される講師スケジュールテーブルと、レッスン枠が生成され、所定人数の生徒と指導 する講師と使用するブースの番号とが登録されるレッスンテーブルとを備え、 前記レッスンテーブルに対して、レッスン日の一定期間前に、前記講師スケジユー ルテーブルを参照して講師が対応可能な時間帯にレッスン枠を生成し、当該生成さ れたレッスン枠に当該講師を登録する機能を有するレッスン枠生成手段と、 [2] A foreign language lesson management system that conducts foreign language lessons by grouping a small number of students in a zone where the level of language proficiency is taught by native speakers. A chart that is generated for each student and includes a lesson history that includes the current level of language skills of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, an instructor schedule table in which the instructor schedule is registered, and lessons A lesson table in which a frame is generated and a predetermined number of students, an instructor to instruct, and a booth number to be used are registered, and the instructor schedule table before the lesson date is compared with the lesson table. A lesson frame generation means having a function of generating a lesson frame in a time slot that can be handled by the instructor with reference to and registering the instructor in the generated lesson frame;
生徒力 レッスンの申込みを受付け、レッスンの希望日時を取得する機能と、前記 カルテを参照して当該生徒のレベルを取得する機能と、前記レッスンテーブルの前 記取得された希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録され たレッスン枠が存在する場合であって、当該レッスン枠に所定人数の生徒が登録さ れていない場合に、当該レッスン枠に当該生徒を登録する機能と、前記レッスンテー ブルの前記取得された希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が 登録されたレッスン枠が存在しないかまたは存在していても当該レッスン枠に所定人 数の生徒が登録されて 、る場合であって、生徒が未登録のレッスン枠が存在する場 合に、当該未登録のレッスン枠に当該生徒を登録する機能とを有するレッスン設定 手段と、  Student ability Accepts lesson applications and obtains the desired date and time of the lesson, obtains the level of the student by referring to the medical record, and acquired at the desired date and time acquired in the lesson table. If there is a lesson frame in which students in the same zone as the level are registered, and a predetermined number of students are not registered in the lesson frame, a function for registering the students in the lesson frame, There is no lesson frame registered for students in the same zone as the acquired level at the acquired desired date and time of the lesson table, or a predetermined number of students are registered in the lesson frame even if it exists. If the student has an unregistered lesson frame, the label has a function of registering the student in the unregistered lesson frame. Sun setting means,
前記レッスンテーブルに生成された各レッスン枠にっ 、て、当該レッスン枠に登録 された生徒によって定まるゾーンにおいて使用するテキストのうち当該レッスン枠に登 録されたいずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットを抽出して選定する機能と、レッスン において使用されたユニットをカルテに記録する機能とを有するテキスト選定手段と を備えたことを特徴とする、外国語レッスン運営管理システム。  For each lesson frame generated in the lesson table, a unit that is unlearned for any student registered in the lesson frame among the texts used in the zones determined by the students registered in the lesson frame. A foreign language lesson management system comprising a text selection means having a function of extracting and selecting, and a function of recording units used in the lesson in a medical record.
ネイティブスピーカを講師とし、語学力のレベルが一定のゾーンにある少人数の生 徒をグルーピングして外国語レッスンを実施する外国語レッスン運営管理システムで あって、  It is a foreign language lesson management system that conducts foreign language lessons by grouping a small number of students in a zone where the level of language ability is a native speaker.
生徒毎に生成され、当該生徒の現在の語学力のレベルとこれまでに学習されたテ キストの履歴を含むレッスン履歴が記録されるカルテと、講師のスケジュールが登録 される講師スケジュールテーブルと、レッスン枠が生成され、所定人数の生徒と指導 する講師と使用するブースの番号とが登録されるレッスンテーブルとを備え、 前記レッスンテーブルに対して、レッスン日の一定期間前に、前記講師スケジユー ルテーブルを参照して講師が対応可能な時間帯にブース番号を指定してレッスン枠 を生成する機能を有するレッスン枠生成手段と、 A chart that is generated for each student and includes a lesson history that includes the current level of language skills of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, an instructor schedule table in which the instructor schedule is registered, and lessons Frames are generated and given number of students and instruction A lesson table in which the number of the instructor to be used and the booth number to be used are registered. Lesson frame generation means having a function of generating a lesson frame by specifying a booth number in
生徒力 レッスンの申込みを受付ける機能と、前記カルテを参照して当該生徒のレ ベルを取得する機能と、前記レッスンテーブルに前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーン にある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が存在する場合であって所定人数の生徒が登録 されて 、な 、レッスン枠と生徒が未登録のレッスン枠とを受入れ可能なレッスン枠とし て提示する機能と、前記提示されたレッスン枠のうち当該生徒により選択されたレツス ン枠に当該生徒を登録する機能とを有するレッスン設定手段と、  Student ability There is a function to accept lesson applications, a function to obtain the level of the student by referring to the medical record, and a lesson frame in which students in the same zone as the acquired level are registered in the lesson table. When a predetermined number of students are registered, a lesson frame and a function for presenting an unregistered lesson frame as a lesson frame that can be accepted, and among the presented lesson frames, the student Lesson setting means having a function of registering the student in the lesson frame selected by
前記レッスンテーブルに生成された各レッスン枠にっ 、て、当該レッスン枠に登録 された生徒によって定まるゾーンにおいて使用するテキストのうち当該レッスン枠に登 録されたいずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットを抽出して選定する機能と、レッスン において使用されたユニットをカルテに記録する機能とを有するテキスト選定手段と を備えたことを特徴とする、外国語レッスン運営管理システム。  For each lesson frame generated in the lesson table, a unit that is unlearned for any student registered in the lesson frame among the texts used in the zones determined by the students registered in the lesson frame. A foreign language lesson management system comprising a text selection means having a function of extracting and selecting, and a function of recording units used in the lesson in a medical record.
[4] レッスンを実施した講師からレベルが向上したと認められる生徒についてレベルチ ックの受験推薦を取得して記録する機能と、前記レベルチェックの受験推薦が記録 された生徒から受験の申込みを受付け、レベルチェックの希望日時を取得する機能 と、前記講師スケジュールテーブルを参照し、前記取得された希望日時に対応可能 な講師が存在する場合に、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得された希望日時にレべ ルチェック枠を生成し、当該生徒と当該講師を登録する機能と、レベルチェックを実 施した講師力 受験した生徒のレベル判定結果を取得し、当該受験した生徒のカル テに記録する機能とを有するレベル管理手段を備えたことを特徴とする、請求項 1な V、し請求項 3の 、ずれかに記載の外国語レッスン運営管理システム。  [4] A function to obtain and record a recommendation for taking a level check for a student whose level has been improved from the instructor who conducted the lesson, and to accept an application for an examination from a student whose recommendation for taking the level check was recorded A function for acquiring the desired date and time of level check and the instructor schedule table are referenced, and if there is an instructor who can handle the acquired desired date and time, the level is checked at the acquired desired date and time in the lesson table. A function to create a check frame, register the student and the instructor, and a function to acquire the level judgment result of the student who took the level check and record it in the medical record of the student who took the test The foreign language lesson management system according to any one of claims 1 to V and claim 3, further comprising a level management means.
[5] レッスン日の直前に、前記レッスンテーブルに生成された各レッスン枠に登録され て 、る講師を当該レッスン枠に登録されて 、る 、ずれの生徒にっ 、ても所定期間以 上指導した実績のない講師に再設定する機能を有するレッスン最適化手段を備えた ことを特徴とする、請求項 1ないし請求項 3のいずれかに記載の外国語レッスン運営 管理システム。 [5] Immediately before the lesson day, each instructor registered in the lesson frame generated in the lesson table is registered in the lesson frame. The foreign language lesson management according to any one of claims 1 to 3, further comprising a lesson optimizing means having a function of resetting to a lecturer who has not been successful. Management system.
[6] レッスン日の直前に、前記レッスンテーブルに生成された各レッスン枠に登録され て 、る生徒を同一時間帯の他のレッスン枠に登録されて 、る生徒と入れ替えて各レ ッスン枠に登録されている生徒のレベルを均一化する機能を有するレッスン最適化 手段を備えたことを特徴とする、請求項 1ないし請求項 3のいずれかに記載の外国語 レッスン運営管理システム。  [6] Immediately before the lesson date, students registered in each lesson frame generated in the lesson table are registered in other lesson frames in the same time period and replaced with other students in each lesson frame. The foreign language lesson management system according to any one of claims 1 to 3, further comprising a lesson optimization means having a function of leveling the level of registered students.
[7] 前記レッスン設定手段は、前記レッスンテーブルにプライベートレッスンのレッスン 枠を設定する機能を有し、少人数制のグループレッスンとマンツーマンによるプライ ペートレッスンを自由に組合わせたレッスンプランを設定できるようにしたことを特徴と する、請求項 1ないし請求項 3のいずれかに記載の外国語レッスン運営管理システム  [7] The lesson setting means has a function of setting a lesson frame for private lessons in the lesson table so that a lesson plan can be set by freely combining small group group lessons and one-on-one private lessons. The foreign language lesson management system according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that
[8] 生徒が自宅力 テレビ電話端末を用いて遠隔による少人数の外国語レッスンを受 けることができる遠隔レッスン手段を備え、 [8] There is a remote lesson means that allows students to take a small number of foreign language lessons remotely using home videophone terminals.
前記レッスンテーブルとして、レッスン場所にお!、て講師と対面してレッスンを受け る対面レッスン用と、自宅力 遠隔でレッスンを受ける遠隔レッスン用とを個別に備え 前記レッスン設定手段は、生徒力 レッスンの申込みを受付ける際に、自宅を希望 したときには前記遠隔レッスン用のレッスンテーブルを用いてレッスンを設定し、その 他の場合には前記対面レッスン用のレッスンテーブルを用いてレッスンを設定する機 能を有し、生徒が対面レッスンと遠隔レッスンとを組合わせてレッスンを設定できるよう にしたことを特徴とする、請求項 1ないし請求項 3に記載の外国語レッスン運営管理 システム。  As the lesson table, there is a separate lesson table for face-to-face lessons where you take lessons face-to-face with the instructor and remote lessons for receiving lessons remotely at home. When accepting an application, you can set up a lesson using the lesson table for remote lessons when you wish to stay at home, and set a lesson using the lesson table for face-to-face lessons in other cases. The foreign language lesson management system according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein a student can set a lesson by combining a face-to-face lesson and a remote lesson.
[9] 生徒がレッスン場所力 テレビ電話端末を用いて遠隔による少人数の外国語レツス ンを受けることができる遠隔レッスン手段を備え、  [9] There is a remote lesson means that allows students to receive a small number of foreign language lessons remotely using videophone terminals.
前記レッスンテーブルとして、レッスン場所にお!、て講師と対面してレッスンを受け る対面レッスン用と、レッスン場所においてテレビ電話端末を用いて遠隔でレッスンを 受ける遠隔レッスン用とを個別に備え、  As the lesson table, there is a separate lesson table for face-to-face lessons where you take a lesson face-to-face with the instructor and a remote lesson for receiving lessons remotely using a videophone terminal at the lesson place,
前記レッスン設定手段は、生徒のレッスン希望日時において、前記体面レッスン用 のレッスンテーブルにレッスンを設定できな 、場合であって、前記遠隔レッスン用のレ ッスンテーブルにレッスンを設定できる場合に、前記遠隔レッスン用のレッスンテープ ルにレッスンを設定する機能を有することを特徴とする、請求項 1ないし請求項 3に記 載の外国語レッスン運営管理システム。 The lesson setting means is for the body lesson at the desired lesson date and time of the student. If a lesson cannot be set in the lesson table, and if a lesson can be set in the lesson lesson table, the lesson table for the remote lesson has a function to set a lesson. The foreign language lesson management system according to claim 1 to claim 3.
[10] 生徒が自由に出入りでき、参加している講師や他の生徒と所定の外国語で自由に 会話できるフリートークルームが提供され、通常の対面レッスンとフリートークルーム への参加を組合わせて学習できるようにしたものであって、 [10] A free talk room is provided where students can freely come and go, and can freely talk with participating instructors and other students in a given foreign language, and learn by combining regular face-to-face lessons and participation in free talk rooms. It ’s something you can do,
前記レッスンテーブルのフリートークルームを提供する時限にフリートーク枠を生成 する機能と、前記講師スケジュールテーブルを参照し、前記生成されたフリートーク 枠に対応可能な講師を登録する機能とを有するフリートーク枠生成手段を更に備え たことを特徴とする、請求項 1ないし請求項 3のいずれかに記載の外国語レッスン運 営管理システム。  Free talk frame generating means having a function of generating a free talk frame at a time period for providing a free talk room of the lesson table, and a function of registering a lecturer who can correspond to the generated free talk frame by referring to the lecturer schedule table The foreign language lesson management system according to any one of claims 1 to 3, further comprising:
[11] 前記フリートーク枠生成手段は、生徒力 フリートークレッスンにおいて取り上げるテ 一マを募集する機能と、前記募集されたテーマ力 前記フリートーク枠に登録された 講師によって選択されたテーマを前記レッスンテーブルに登録する機能とを有するこ とを特徴とする、請求項 10に記載の外国語レッスン運営管理システム。  [11] The free talk frame generation means registers the theme selected by the instructor registered in the free talk frame with the function of recruiting the subjects to be picked up in the student free talk lesson and the theme power solicited. The foreign language lesson management system according to claim 10, wherein the foreign language lesson operation management system has a function to
[12] 複数の場所にスクールを設け、ネイティブスピーカを講師とし、語学力のレベルが 一定のゾーンにある少人数の生徒をグルーピングして外国語レッスンを実施する外 国語レッスン運営管理システムであって、  [12] A foreign language lesson management system that sets up schools in multiple locations, uses native speakers as instructors, and groups a small number of students in a zone with a certain level of language ability to conduct foreign language lessons. ,
生徒毎に生成され、当該生徒の現在の語学力のレベルとこれまでに学習されたテ キストの履歴を含むレッスン履歴が記録されるカルテと、出勤場所を含む講師のスケ ジュールが登録される講師スケジュールテーブルと、レッスン場所毎にレッスン枠が 生成され、所定人数の生徒と指導する講師と使用するブースの番号とが登録される レッスンテープノレとを備え、  Lecturer that is created for each student and records the lesson history including the current level of language ability of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, and the instructor's schedule including attendance location There is a schedule table, a lesson frame for each lesson location, a lesson tape nore where a predetermined number of students, instructors to teach and booth numbers to be used are registered,
生徒力 レッスンの申込みを受付け、レッスン場所と希望日時を取得する機能と、 前記カルテを参照して当該生徒のレベルを取得する機能と、前記レッスンテーブル の前記取得されたレッスン場所の希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーンに ある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が生成されている場合であって、当該レッスン枠に 所定人数の生徒が登録されていない場合に、当該レッスン枠に当該生徒を登録する 機能と、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得されたレッスン場所の希望日時に前記取 得されたレベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が生成されていない 力または生成されていても当該レッスン枠に所定人数の生徒が登録されている場合 であって、講師スケジュールテーブルを参照して前記取得された希望日時において 前記取得されたレッスン場所が出勤場所として登録されて 、て、 V、ずれのレッスン枠 にも登録されて 、な 、講師が存在する場合に、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得さ れたレッスン場所の希望日時に新たなレッスン枠を生成し、当該生徒と当該講師と新 規のブース番号とを登録する機能と、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得されたレツス ン場所の希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録されたレ ッスン枠が生成されて ヽな 、かまたは生成されて ヽても当該レッスン枠に所定人数の 生徒が登録されて!ヽる場合であって、講師スケジュールテーブルを参照して前記取 得された希望日時において、前記取得されたレッスン場所が出勤場所として登録さ れて 、て 、ずれのレッスン枠にも登録されて!、な!/、講師は存在しな!、が、前記取得 されたレッスン場所と同一のエリア内の他のスクールに出勤場所が登録されていて、 移動時間を含めて 、ずれのレッスン枠にも登録されて 、な 、講師が存在する場合に 、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得されたレッスン場所の希望日時に新たなレッスン 枠を生成し、当該生徒と当該講師と新規のブース番号とを登録する機能と、前記講 師スケジュールテーブルの前記取得された希望日時と前記レッスン場所を記録し、 前記移動時間中に移動中である旨を記録する機能とを有するレッスン設定手段と、 前記レッスンテーブルに生成された各レッスン枠にっ 、て、当該レッスン枠に登録 された生徒によって定まるゾーンにおいて使用するテキストのうち当該レッスン枠に登 録されたいずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットを抽出して選定する機能と、レッスン において使用されたユニットをカルテに記録する機能とを有するテキスト選定手段と を備えたことを特徴とする、外国語レッスン運営管理システム。 Students' ability to accept lesson application, get lesson location and desired date and time, refer to the chart to get the level of the student, and the desired lesson date and time of the acquired lesson location in the lesson table If a lesson frame has been created in which students in the same zone as the acquired level have been registered, When a predetermined number of students are not registered, the function of registering the students in the lesson frame and students in the same zone as the acquired level at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson place in the lesson table The lesson frame registered is not generated, or even if it is generated, a predetermined number of students are registered in the lesson frame, and the desired date and time obtained by referring to the instructor schedule table If the acquired lesson place is registered as a work place, V, registered in the lesson lesson frame, and there is an instructor, the desired lesson place of the lesson table is desired. Create a new lesson frame at day and time, register the student, the instructor, and a new booth number, and the lesson table At the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location, a lesson frame is created in which students in the same zone as the acquired level are registered. When a student is registered and sings, the obtained lesson place is registered as a work place at the desired date and time obtained by referring to the instructor schedule table. Is registered, and there is no instructor !, but attendance locations are registered in other schools in the same area as the acquired lesson location, including travel time, If there is an instructor who is also registered in the lesson frame, a new lesson frame is generated at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location in the lesson table, and the student, the instructor, and a new lesson frame are created. A lesson setting means having a function of registering a booth number, a function of recording the acquired desired date and time and the lesson location of the lecturer schedule table, and recording that it is moving during the moving time; Each lesson frame generated in the lesson table is a unit in which any student registered in the lesson frame among texts used in a zone determined by the student registered in the lesson frame is unlearned. A foreign language lesson operation management system comprising a text selection means having a function of extracting and selecting text and a function of recording units used in the lesson in a medical record.
複数の場所にスクールを設け、ネイティブスピーカを講師とし、語学力のレベルが 一定のゾーンにある少人数の生徒をグルーピングして外国語レッスンを実施する外 国語レッスン運営管理システムであって、 生徒毎に生成され、当該生徒の現在の語学力のレベルとこれまでに学習されたテ キストの履歴を含むレッスン履歴が記録されるカルテと、講師のスケジュールが登録 される講師スケジュールテーブルと、レッスン場所毎にレッスン枠が生成され、所定人 数の生徒と指導する講師と使用するブースの番号とが登録されるレッスンテーブルと を備え、 A foreign language lesson management system that sets up schools in multiple locations, uses native speakers as instructors, groups a small number of students in a certain level of language ability, and conducts foreign language lessons. A chart that is generated for each student and includes a lesson history that includes the current level of language skills of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, an instructor schedule table in which the instructor schedule is registered, and lessons A lesson frame is generated for each place, and it has a lesson table in which a predetermined number of students, instructors to instruct, and booth numbers to be used are registered.
前記レッスンテーブルに対して、レッスン日の一定期間前に、前記講師スケジユー ルテーブルを参照して講師が出勤予定のレッスン場所の対応可能な時間帯にブー ス番号を指定してレッスン枠を生成する機能を有するレッスン枠生成手段と、 生徒力 レッスンの申込みを受付け、レッスン場所と希望日時を取得する機能と、 前記カルテを参照して当該生徒のレベルを取得する機能と、前記レッスンテーブル の前記取得されたレッスン場所の希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーンに ある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が存在する場合であって、所定人数の生徒が登録 されていない場合に、当該レッスン枠に当該生徒を登録する機能と、前記レッスンテ 一ブルの前記取得されたレッスン場所の希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾ ーンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が存在しな 、かまたは存在して!/、ても所定人 数の生徒が登録されて 、る場合であって、前記取得されたレッスン場所にぉ 、て生 徒が未登録のレッスン枠が存在する場合に、当該未登録のレッスン枠に当該生徒を 登録する機能と、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得されたレッスン場所の希望日時 に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が存在しな V、かまたは存在して 、ても所定人数の生徒が登録されて 、る場合であって、前記取 得されたレッスン場所にぉ 、て生徒が未登録のレッスン枠が存在しな 、場合に、一 定のエリア内の他のレッスン場所のレッスンテーブルを参照して、移動時間を含めて 登録されている講師が対応可能であって生徒が未登録であるレッスン枠を前記取得 されたレッスン場所に振替え、当該生徒を登録する機能とを有するレッスン設定手段 と、  For the lesson table, before the specified period of lesson date, refer to the instructor schedule table and create a lesson frame by specifying the booth number in the available time zone of the lesson place where the instructor is going to work. A lesson frame generation means having a function, a student ability, a function of receiving a lesson application, acquiring a lesson location and a desired date and time, a function of acquiring the level of the student by referring to the medical record, and the acquisition of the lesson table If there is a lesson frame that has registered students in the same zone as the acquired level at the desired date and time of the lesson location, and if a predetermined number of students have not been registered, A function for registering students and the same level as the acquired level at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location of the lesson table. There are no or no lesson slots for students in the class! / Even if a predetermined number of students are registered, and there is a lesson frame in which the student has not registered at the acquired lesson location, the unregistered lesson frame V, or there is no lesson frame where a student in the same zone as the acquired level does not exist at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location in the lesson table. Even if a predetermined number of students are registered and there are no lesson frames that have not been registered at the lesson location where the student has taken the lesson, Referring to the lesson table of other lesson locations, transfer the lesson frame that the registered instructor, including travel time, can handle and the student has not registered to the acquired lesson location, and move the student to the lesson location. sign up And the lesson setting means having a function,
前記レッスンテーブルに生成された各レッスン枠にっ 、て、当該レッスン枠に登録 された生徒によって定まるゾーンにおいて使用するテキストのうち当該レッスン枠に登 録されたいずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットを抽出して選定する機能と、レッスン において使用されたユニットをカルテに記録する機能とを有するテキスト選定手段と を備えたことを特徴とする、外国語レッスン運営管理システム。 For each lesson frame generated in the lesson table, a unit that is unlearned for any student registered in the lesson frame among the texts used in the zones determined by the students registered in the lesson frame. Extract and select functions and lessons A foreign language lesson management system comprising a text selection means having a function of recording units used in the medical record.
[14] レッスンを実施した講師からレベルが向上したと認められる生徒についてレベルチ ックの受験推薦を取得して記録する機能と、前記レベルチェックの受験推薦が記録 された生徒から受験の申込みを受付け、レベルチェックの受験場所と希望日時を取 得する機能と、前記講師スケジュールテーブルを参照し、前記取得された受験場所 の希望日時に対応可能な講師が存在する場合に、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取 得された受験場所の希望日時にレベルチェック枠を生成し、当該生徒と当該講師を 登録する機能と、レベルチェックを実施した講師力 受験した生徒のレベル判定結果 を取得し、当該受験した生徒のカルテに記録する機能とを有するレベル管理手段を 備えたことを特徴とする、請求項 12または請求項 13に記載の外国語レッスン運営管 理システム。  [14] A function to obtain and record a recommendation for taking a level check on a student whose level has been improved from the instructor who conducted the lesson, and to accept an application for an examination from a student on which the recommendation for taking the level check was recorded The function for obtaining the level check examination location and desired date and time, and referring to the lecturer schedule table, and when there is a lecturer capable of responding to the desired date and time of the obtained exam location, the acquisition of the lesson table. A level check frame is generated at the desired date and time of the examination place, the function to register the student and the instructor, and the ability of the instructor who performed the level check. 14. A foreign language lesson according to claim 12 or claim 13, further comprising level management means having a function of recording in Operations management systems.
[15] レッスン日の直前に、前記レッスンテーブルに生成された各レッスン枠に登録され て 、る講師の移動が最小となるように講師を再設定する機能を有するレッスン最適化 手段を備えたことを特徴とする、請求項 12または請求項 13に記載の外国語レッスン 運営管理システム。  [15] Immediately before the lesson date, a lesson optimization means has been provided that has the function of resetting the instructor registered in each lesson frame generated in the lesson table to minimize the movement of the instructor. The foreign language lesson operation management system according to claim 12 or claim 13, characterized in that:
[16] ネイティブスピーカを講師とし、語学力のレベルが一定のゾーンにある少人数の生 徒をグルーピングして外国語レッスンを実施する外国語レッスン運営管理方法であつ て、  [16] A foreign language lesson management method in which a native speaker is used as a lecturer and a small group of students in a certain level of language ability are grouped to conduct foreign language lessons.
生徒毎に生成され、当該生徒の現在の語学力のレベルとこれまでに学習されたテ キストの履歴を含むレッスン履歴が記録されるカルテと、講師のスケジュールが登録 される講師スケジュールテーブルと、レッスン枠が生成され、所定人数の生徒と指導 する講師と使用するブースの番号とが登録されるレッスンテーブルとを備え、 生徒力 レッスンの申込みを受付け、レッスンの希望日時を取得するステップと、前 記カルテを参照して当該生徒のレベルを取得するステップと、前記レッスンテーブル の前記取得された希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登 録されたレッスン枠が生成されている場合であって、当該レッスン枠に所定人数の生 徒が登録されていない場合に、当該レッスン枠に当該生徒を登録するステップと、前 記レッスンテーブルの前記取得された希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾー ンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が生成されて 、な 、かまたは生成されて ヽても 当該レッスン枠に所定人数の生徒が登録されて 、る場合であって、講師スケジユー ルテーブルを参照して前記取得された希望日時に対応可能であっていずれのレツス ン枠にも登録されて 、な 、講師が存在する場合に、前記レッスンテーブルに新たな レッスン枠を生成し、当該生徒と当該講師と新規のブース番号とを登録するステップ とを有するレッスン設定ステップと、 A chart that is generated for each student and includes a lesson history that includes the current level of language skills of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, an instructor schedule table in which the instructor schedule is registered, and lessons A lesson table is created in which a frame is generated, a predetermined number of students, instructors to be instructed, and booth numbers to be used are registered. A step of acquiring the level of the student by referring to the medical record, and a lesson frame in which students in the same zone as the acquired level are registered at the acquired desired date and time of the lesson table If a predetermined number of students are not registered in the lesson frame, the step of registering the student in the lesson frame And, before A lesson frame is created in which the students in the same zone as the acquired level are registered at the acquired desired date and time in the lesson table. If the student is registered, the teacher can correspond to the desired date and time obtained by referring to the lecturer schedule table and is registered in any of the lesson frames. A lesson setting step comprising: generating a new lesson frame in the lesson table and registering the student, the instructor, and a new booth number;
前記レッスンテーブルに生成された各レッスン枠にっ 、て、当該レッスン枠に登録 された生徒によって定まるゾーンにおいて使用するテキストのうち当該レッスン枠に登 録された 、ずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットを抽出して選定するステップと、レツス ンにおいて使用されたユニットをカルテに記録するステップとを有するテキスト選定ス テツプとを備えたことを特徴とする、外国語レッスン運営管理方法。  Each lesson frame generated in the lesson table is a unit that is unlearned for any students registered in the lesson frame among the texts used in the zones determined by the students registered in the lesson frame. A method for managing and managing a foreign language lesson, comprising: a step of selecting and selecting a text, and a text selection step having a step of recording units used in the lesson in a medical record.
ネイティブスピーカを講師とし、語学力のレベルが一定のゾーンにある少人数の生 徒をグルーピングして外国語レッスンを実施する外国語レッスン運営管理方法であつ て、  This is a foreign language lesson management method in which a native speaker is used as a lecturer and a small group of students in a certain level of language skills are grouped to conduct foreign language lessons.
生徒毎に生成され、当該生徒の現在の語学力のレベルとこれまでに学習されたテ キストの履歴を含むレッスン履歴が記録されるカルテと、講師のスケジュールが登録 される講師スケジュールテーブルと、レッスン枠が生成され、所定人数の生徒と指導 する講師と使用するブースの番号とが登録されるレッスンテーブルとを備え、 前記レッスンテーブルに対して、レッスン日の一定期間前に、前記講師スケジユー ルテーブルを参照して講師が対応可能な時間帯にレッスン枠を生成し、当該生成さ れたレッスン枠に当該講師を登録するステップを有するレッスン枠生成ステップと、 生徒力 レッスンの申込みを受付け、レッスンの希望日時を取得するステップと、前 記カルテを参照して当該生徒のレベルを取得するステップと、前記レッスンテーブル の前記取得された希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登 録されたレッスン枠が存在する場合であって、当該レッスン枠に所定人数の生徒が 登録されていない場合に、当該レッスン枠に当該生徒を登録するステップと、前記レ ッスンテーブルの前記取得された希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーンに ある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が存在しな 、かまたは存在して 、ても当該レッスン 枠に所定人数の生徒が登録されて 、る場合であって、生徒が未登録のレッスン枠が 存在する場合に、当該未登録のレッスン枠に当該生徒を登録するステップとを有する レッスン設定ステップと、 A chart that is generated for each student and includes a lesson history that includes the current level of language skills of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, an instructor schedule table in which the instructor schedule is registered, and lessons A lesson table in which a frame is generated and a predetermined number of students, an instructor to instruct, and a booth number to be used are registered, and the instructor schedule table before the lesson date is compared with the lesson table. A lesson frame generation step that includes a step of creating a lesson frame in a time slot that can be handled by the instructor and registering the instructor in the generated lesson frame, and accepting student power lesson application, A step of obtaining a desired date and time, a step of obtaining a level of the student with reference to the medical record, and the lesson If there is a lesson frame with students registered in the same zone as the acquired level at the acquired desired date and time of the table, and there are no students registered in the lesson frame Registering the student in the lesson frame, and in the same zone as the acquired level at the acquired desired date and time of the lesson table. There is no lesson frame for which a student is registered, or there is a certain number of students registered in the lesson frame, and there is a lesson frame for which the student has not been registered. A lesson setting step having a step of registering the student in the unregistered lesson frame,
前記レッスンテーブルに生成された各レッスン枠にっ 、て、当該レッスン枠に登録 された生徒によって定まるゾーンにおいて使用するテキストのうち当該レッスン枠に登 録された 、ずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットを抽出して選定するステップと、レツス ンにおいて使用されたユニットをカルテに記録するステップとを有するテキスト選定ス テツプとを備えたことを特徴とする、外国語レッスン運営管理方法。  Each lesson frame generated in the lesson table is a unit that is unlearned for any students registered in the lesson frame among the texts used in the zones determined by the students registered in the lesson frame. A method for managing and managing a foreign language lesson, comprising: a step of selecting and selecting a text, and a text selection step having a step of recording units used in the lesson in a medical record.
ネイティブスピーカを講師とし、語学力のレベルが一定のゾーンにある少人数の生 徒をグルーピングして外国語レッスンを実施する外国語レッスン運営管理方法であつ て、  This is a foreign language lesson management method in which a native speaker is used as a lecturer and a small group of students in a certain level of language skills are grouped to conduct foreign language lessons.
生徒毎に生成され、当該生徒の現在の語学力のレベルとこれまでに学習されたテ キストの履歴を含むレッスン履歴が記録されるカルテと、講師のスケジュールが登録 される講師スケジュールテーブルと、レッスン枠が生成され、所定人数の生徒と指導 する講師と使用するブースの番号とが登録されるレッスンテーブルとを備え、 前記レッスンテーブルに対して、レッスン日の一定期間前に、前記講師スケジユー ルテーブルを参照して講師が対応可能な時間帯にブース番号を指定してレッスン枠 を生成するステップを有するレッスン枠生成ステップと、生徒からレッスンの申込みを 受付けるステップと、前記カルテを参照して当該生徒のレベルを取得するステップと、 前記レッスンテーブルに前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録され たレッスン枠が存在する場合であって所定人数の生徒が登録されて 、な 、レッスン 枠と生徒が未登録のレッスン枠とを受入れ可能なレッスン枠として提示するステップと 、前記提示されたレッスン枠のうち当該生徒により選択されたレッスン枠に当該生徒 を登録するステップとを有するレッスン設定ステップと、  A chart that is generated for each student and includes a lesson history that includes the current level of language skills of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, an instructor schedule table in which the instructor schedule is registered, and lessons A lesson table in which a frame is generated and a predetermined number of students, an instructor to instruct, and a booth number to be used are registered, and the instructor schedule table before the lesson date is compared with the lesson table. The lesson frame generation step has a step of generating a lesson frame by specifying a booth number in a time slot that the instructor can handle, a step of receiving a lesson application from the student, and the student by referring to the medical record Obtaining a level of the student, and in the lesson table a student in the same zone as the acquired level A step of presenting a lesson frame and an unregistered lesson frame as an acceptable lesson frame when a predetermined number of students are registered and a predetermined number of students are registered. A lesson setting step having a step of registering the student in a lesson frame selected by the student from the lesson frame,
前記レッスンテーブルに生成された各レッスン枠にっ 、て、当該レッスン枠に登録 された生徒によって定まるゾーンにおいて使用するテキストのうち当該レッスン枠に登 録された 、ずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットを抽出して選定するステップと、レツス ンにおいて使用されたユニットをカルテに記録するステップとを有するテキスト選定ス テツプとを備えたことを特徴とする、外国語レッスン運営管理方法。 Each lesson frame generated in the lesson table is a unit that is unlearned for any students registered in the lesson frame among the texts used in the zones determined by the students registered in the lesson frame. Steps to extract and select A method for managing and managing a foreign language lesson, comprising: a text selection step having a step of recording the units used in the chart in a medical record.
[19] レッスンを実施した講師からレベルが向上したと認められる生徒についてレベルチ エックの受験推薦を取得するステップと、前記レベルチェックの受験推薦が記録され た生徒から受験の申込みを受付け、レベルチ ックの希望日時を取得して記録する ステップと、前記講師スケジュールテーブルを参照し、前記取得された希望日時に対 応可能な講師が存在する場合に、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得された希望日時 にレベルチェック枠を生成し、当該生徒と当該講師を登録するステップと、レベルチ エックを実施した講師力 受験した生徒のレベル判定結果を取得し、当該受験した生 徒のカルテに記録するステップとを有するレベル管理ステップを備えたことを特徴と する、請求項 16ないし請求項 18のいずれかに記載の外国語レッスン運営管理方法  [19] Obtaining a level check recommendation for a student whose level has been improved from the instructor who conducted the lesson, and accepting an application for an examination from a student who recorded the level check recommendation, Acquiring and recording the desired date and time of the lesson, and referring to the lecturer schedule table, if there is a lecturer who can handle the obtained desired date and time, the level is set to the acquired desired date and time of the lesson table. A level having a step of generating a check frame, registering the student and the instructor, and acquiring the level judgment result of the student who took the level check and recording it in the medical record of the student who took the test 19. The foreign language lesson according to claim 16, further comprising a management step. Operation and management method
[20] レッスン日の直前に、前記レッスンテーブルに生成された各レッスン枠に登録され て 、る講師を当該レッスン枠に登録されて 、る 、ずれの生徒にっ 、ても所定期間以 上指導した実績のない講師に再設定するステップを有するレッスン最適化ステップを 備えたことを特徴とする、請求項 16ないし請求項 18のいずれかに記載の外国語レツ スン運営管理方法。 [20] Immediately before the lesson day, each instructor registered in each lesson frame generated in the lesson table is registered in the lesson frame, and even a misplaced student is instructed for a predetermined period or longer. 19. The foreign language lesson operation management method according to any one of claims 16 to 18, further comprising a lesson optimization step including a step of resetting to a lecturer who has not been successful.
[21] レッスン日の直前に、前記レッスンテーブルに生成された各レッスン枠に登録され て 、る生徒を同一時間帯の他のレッスン枠に登録されて 、る生徒と入替えて各レツス ン枠に登録されている生徒のレベルを均一化するステップを有するレッスン最適化ス テツプを備えたことを特徴とする、請求項 16ないし請求項 18のいずれかに記載の外 国語レッスン運営管理方法。  [21] Immediately before the lesson date, each student registered in each lesson frame generated in the lesson table is registered in another lesson frame in the same time period and replaced with another student in each lesson frame. 19. The method for managing and managing a foreign language lesson according to any one of claims 16 to 18, further comprising a lesson optimization step including a step of equalizing a level of registered students.
[22] 複数の場所にスクールを設け、ネイティブスピーカを講師とし、語学力のレベルが 一定のゾーンにある少人数の生徒をグルーピングして外国語レッスンを実施する外 国語レッスン運営管理方法であって、  [22] A foreign language lesson management method in which schools are set up in multiple locations, native speakers serve as instructors, and a small group of students in a certain level of language ability are grouped to conduct foreign language lessons. ,
生徒毎に生成され、当該生徒の現在の語学力のレベルとこれまでに学習されたテ キストの履歴を含むレッスン履歴が記録されるカルテと、出勤場所を含む講師のスケ ジュールが登録される講師スケジュールテーブルと、レッスン場所毎にレッスン枠が 生成され、所定人数の生徒と指導する講師と使用するブースの番号とが登録される レッスンテープノレとを備え、 Lecturer that is created for each student and records the lesson history including the current level of language ability of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, and the instructor's schedule including attendance location A schedule table and a lesson frame for each lesson location A lesson tape nore that is created and registered with a predetermined number of students, the instructor to instruct and the booth number to be used,
生徒力 レッスンの申込みを受付け、レッスン場所と希望日時を取得するステップと 、前記カルテを参照して当該生徒のレベルを取得するステップと、前記レッスンテー ブルの前記取得されたレッスン場所の希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾー ンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が生成されている場合であって、当該レッスン 枠に所定人数の生徒が登録されていない場合に、当該レッスン枠に当該生徒を登録 するステップと、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得されたレッスン場所の希望日時に 前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が生成されて Vヽな 、かまたは生成されて 、ても当該レッスン枠に所定人数の生徒が登録されて!ヽ る場合であって、講師スケジュールテーブルを参照して前記取得された希望日時に ぉ 、て前記取得されたレッスン場所が出勤場所として登録されて 、て、 V、ずれのレツ スン枠にも登録されて 、な 、講師が存在する場合に、前記レッスンテーブルの前記 取得されたレッスン場所の希望日時に新たなレッスン枠を生成し、当該生徒と当該講 師と新規のブース番号とを登録するステップと、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得さ れたレッスン場所の希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登 録されたレッスン枠が生成されて ヽな 、かまたは生成されて ヽても当該レッスン枠に 所定人数の生徒が登録されて ヽる場合であって、講師スケジュールテーブルを参照 して前記取得された希望日時において、前記取得されたレッスン場所が出勤場所と して登録されて 、て 、ずれのレッスン枠にも登録されて 、な 、講師は存在しな 、が、 前記取得されたレッスン場所と同一のエリア内の他のスクールに出勤場所が登録さ れて 、て、移動時間を含めて 、ずれのレッスン枠にも登録されて ヽな 、講師が存在 する場合に、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得されたレッスン場所の希望日時に新 たなレッスン枠を生成し、当該生徒と当該講師と新規のブース番号とを登録するステ ップと、前記講師スケジュールテーブルの前記取得された希望日時と前記レッスン場 所を記録し、前記移動時間中に移動中である旨を記録するステップとを有するレツス ン設定ステップと、  Student power Accepting lesson application, obtaining the lesson location and desired date and time, obtaining the level of the student with reference to the chart, and the desired lesson date and time of the acquired lesson location in the lesson table If a lesson frame is created in which students in the same zone as the acquired level are registered, and a predetermined number of students have not been registered in the lesson frame, the student will be included in the lesson frame. And a lesson frame in which students who are in the same zone as the acquired level are registered at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location in the lesson table is generated. Even if a certain number of students are registered in the lesson frame! When the desired lesson place is registered as the attendance place, V, and also registered in the lesson-less lesson frame, if there is an instructor, the lesson table will be displayed in the lesson table. Creating a new lesson frame at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location, registering the student, the instructor and a new booth number, and the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location in the lesson table; If a lesson frame is created in which students in the same zone as the acquired level are registered, or if a predetermined number of students are registered in the lesson frame, Then, referring to the instructor schedule table, the acquired lesson location is registered as the attendance location at the acquired desired date and time, and the lesson frame of deviation There is no instructor registered, but the attendance location is registered in another school in the same area as the acquired lesson location. If there is an instructor who is also registered in the frame, a new lesson frame is generated at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location in the lesson table, and the student, the instructor, a new booth number, and A lesson setting step comprising: a step of registering the desired date and time of the instructor schedule table, and a step of recording the lesson location and recording the fact that the lesson location is being moved. ,
前記レッスンテーブルに生成された各レッスン枠にっ 、て、当該レッスン枠に登録 された生徒によって定まるゾーンにおいて使用するテキストのうち当該レッスン枠に登 録された 、ずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットを抽出して選定するステップと、レツス ンにおいて使用されたユニットをカルテに記録するステップとを有するテキスト選定ス テツプとを備えたことを特徴とする、外国語レッスン運営管理方法。 Register for each lesson frame created in the lesson table. The steps to extract and select units that are registered in the lesson frame of the text to be used in the zone determined by the selected students and are not yet learned by the students, and record the units used in the lesson in the chart A method for managing and managing a foreign language lesson, comprising:
複数の場所にスクールを設け、ネイティブスピーカを講師とし、語学力のレベルが 一定のゾーンにある少人数の生徒をグルーピングして外国語レッスンを実施する外 国語レッスン運営管理方法であって、  A foreign language lesson management method in which schools are set up at multiple locations, native speakers are instructors, and a small number of students in a certain level of language ability are grouped to conduct foreign language lessons.
生徒毎に生成され、当該生徒の現在の語学力のレベルとこれまでに学習されたテ キストの履歴を含むレッスン履歴が記録されるカルテと、講師のスケジュールが登録 される講師スケジュールテーブルと、レッスン場所毎にレッスン枠が生成され、所定人 数の生徒と指導する講師と使用するブースの番号とが登録されるレッスンテーブルと を備え、  A chart that is generated for each student and includes a lesson history that includes the current level of language skills of the student and the history of the texts learned so far, an instructor schedule table in which the instructor schedule is registered, and lessons A lesson frame is generated for each place, and it has a lesson table in which a predetermined number of students, instructors to instruct, and booth numbers to be used are registered.
前記レッスンテーブルに対して、レッスン日の一定期間前に、前記講師スケジユー ルテーブルを参照して講師が出勤予定のレッスン場所の対応可能な時間帯にブー ス番号を指定してレッスン枠を生成するステップを有するレッスン枠生成ステップと、 生徒からレッスンの申込みを受付け、レッスン場所と希望日時を取得するステップと、 前記カルテを参照して当該生徒のレベルを取得するステップと、前記レッスンテープ ルの前記取得されたレッスン場所の希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーン にある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が存在する場合であって、所定人数の生徒が登 録されていない場合に、当該レッスン枠に当該生徒を登録するステップと、前記レツ スンテーブルの前記取得されたレッスン場所の希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと 同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠が存在しな 、かまたは存在して ヽても 所定人数の生徒が登録されて 、る場合であって、前記取得されたレッスン場所にお いて生徒が未登録のレッスン枠が存在する場合に、当該未登録のレッスン枠に当該 生徒を登録するステップと、前記レッスンテーブルの前記取得されたレッスン場所の 希望日時に前記取得されたレベルと同一ゾーンにある生徒が登録されたレッスン枠 が存在しな 、かまたは存在して 、ても所定人数の生徒が登録されて 、る場合であつ て、前記取得されたレッスン場所にぉ 、て生徒が未登録のレッスン枠が存在しな ヽ 場合に、一定のエリア内の他のレッスン場所のレッスンテーブルを参照して、移動時 間を含めて登録されている講師が対応可能であって生徒が未登録であるレッスン枠 を前記取得されたレッスン場所に振替え、当該生徒を登録するステップとを有するレ ッスン設定ステップと、 For the lesson table, before the specified period of lesson date, refer to the instructor schedule table and create a lesson frame by specifying the booth number in the available time zone of the lesson place where the instructor is going to work. A step of generating a lesson frame having steps, a step of accepting a lesson application from a student, obtaining a lesson location and a desired date and time, a step of obtaining the level of the student with reference to the medical record, and the step of the lesson table If there is a lesson frame with students registered in the same zone as the acquired level at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location, and the number of students is not registered, the lesson frame Registering the student at the same time, and at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location in the lesson table. If there is no lesson frame registered for students who are in the same zone as the registered level, or a predetermined number of students are registered even if it exists, If there is a lesson frame for which the student is not registered, the step of registering the student in the unregistered lesson frame, the level acquired at the desired date and time of the acquired lesson location in the lesson table, and If there are no lesson slots registered for students in the same zone, or if there is a predetermined number of students registered, the students must enter the lesson location obtained. There is no lesson frame that is not registered ヽ In this case, referring to the lesson table of other lesson places in a certain area, the lesson frame that the registered instructor including the moving time can handle and the student has not registered is acquired. A lesson setting step comprising transferring to a lesson location and registering the student;
前記レッスンテーブルに生成された各レッスン枠にっ 、て、当該レッスン枠に登録 された生徒によって定まるゾーンにおいて使用するテキストのうち当該レッスン枠に登 録された 、ずれの生徒も未学習であるユニットを抽出して選定するステップと、レツス ンにおいて使用されたユニットをカルテに記録するステップとを有するテキスト選定ス テツプとを備えたことを特徴とする、外国語レッスン運営管理方法。  Each lesson frame generated in the lesson table is a unit that is unlearned for any students registered in the lesson frame among the texts used in the zones determined by the students registered in the lesson frame. A method for managing and managing a foreign language lesson, comprising: a step of selecting and selecting a text, and a text selection step having a step of recording units used in the lesson in a medical record.
[24] レッスンを実施した講師からレベルが向上したと認められる生徒についてレベルチ エックの受験推薦を取得して記録するステップと、前記レベルチェックの受験推薦が 記録された生徒力 受験の申込みを受付け、レベルチェックの受験場所と希望日時 を取得するステップと、前記講師スケジュールテーブルを参照し、前記取得された受 験場所の希望日時に対応可能な講師が存在する場合に、前記レッスンテーブルの 前記取得された受験場所の希望日時にレベルチェック枠を生成し、当該生徒と当該 講師を登録するステップと、レベルチェックを実施した講師力 受験した生徒のレべ ル判定結果を取得し、当該受験した生徒のカルテに記録するステップとを有するレ ベル管理ステップを備えたことを特徴とする、請求項 22または請求項 23に記載の外 国語レッスン運営管理方法。  [24] Obtaining and recording a level check recommendation for students whose level has been improved from the instructor who conducted the lesson, and accepting an application for a student ability test with the level check recommendation recorded, Obtaining the level check examination location and desired date and time, and referring to the lecturer schedule table, and if there is a lecturer who can correspond to the desired date and time of the obtained exam location, the obtained lesson table Create a level check frame at the desired date and time of the test location, register the student and the instructor, and the level of the instructor who performed the level check. 24. A level management step comprising a step of recording in a medical record. Foreign language lessons operational management method as claimed.
[25] レッスン日の直前に、前記レッスンテーブルに生成された各レッスン枠に登録され て 、る講師の移動が最小となるように講師を再設定するステップを有するレッスン最 適化ステップを備えたことを特徴とする、請求項 22または請求項 23に記載の外国語 レッスン運営管理方法。  [25] Immediately before the lesson day, a lesson optimization step is included which includes a step of resetting the instructor registered in each lesson frame generated in the lesson table so that the instructor's movement is minimized. The foreign language lesson management method according to claim 22 or claim 23, wherein:
PCT/JP2006/304290 2005-03-08 2006-03-06 Foreign language lesson operating/managing system and foreign language lesson operating/managing method WO2006095693A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2007507104A JPWO2006095693A1 (en) 2005-03-08 2006-03-06 Foreign language lesson management system and foreign language lesson management method

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2005064616 2005-03-08
JP2005-064616 2005-03-08

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006095693A1 true WO2006095693A1 (en) 2006-09-14

Family

ID=36953287

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2006/304290 WO2006095693A1 (en) 2005-03-08 2006-03-06 Foreign language lesson operating/managing system and foreign language lesson operating/managing method

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2006095693A1 (en)
CN (1) CN1831866A (en)
TW (1) TW200707318A (en)
WO (1) WO2006095693A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009009120A (en) * 2007-05-31 2009-01-15 Appu Kikaku:Kk Matching system for student and teacher in tutorial
JP2009300890A (en) * 2008-06-16 2009-12-24 Hitachi Information Academy Co Ltd Remote education support device, remote education support method, and remote education support program
CN105225553A (en) * 2014-06-17 2016-01-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The recommend method of course and device in online education
CN111902840A (en) * 2018-01-15 2020-11-06 株式会社雅纳读 Online language conversation course management method and management server used by same
JP7325786B1 (en) * 2023-02-13 2023-08-15 株式会社フレアリンク TRAINING INTERMEDIATION DEVICE, TRAINING INTERMEDIATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105070122A (en) * 2015-08-12 2015-11-18 阔地教育科技有限公司 Teaching object management method and teaching terminal
WO2017214915A1 (en) * 2016-06-16 2017-12-21 汤美 Internet education grouping method and system
CN107025816A (en) * 2017-06-12 2017-08-08 河南中医药大学 A kind of interactive learning aid system of English

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002099201A (en) * 2000-09-25 2002-04-05 Casio Comput Co Ltd Learning classroom system, data process and recording medium
JP2003006348A (en) * 2001-06-25 2003-01-10 Nova:Kk Education service system and education service providing method using communication line
JP2003076794A (en) * 2001-09-04 2003-03-14 Yamaha Corp Method for presenting opening status of class, program for presenting the state and server for introducing class

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002099201A (en) * 2000-09-25 2002-04-05 Casio Comput Co Ltd Learning classroom system, data process and recording medium
JP2003006348A (en) * 2001-06-25 2003-01-10 Nova:Kk Education service system and education service providing method using communication line
JP2003076794A (en) * 2001-09-04 2003-03-14 Yamaha Corp Method for presenting opening status of class, program for presenting the state and server for introducing class

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009009120A (en) * 2007-05-31 2009-01-15 Appu Kikaku:Kk Matching system for student and teacher in tutorial
JP2009300890A (en) * 2008-06-16 2009-12-24 Hitachi Information Academy Co Ltd Remote education support device, remote education support method, and remote education support program
CN105225553A (en) * 2014-06-17 2016-01-06 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The recommend method of course and device in online education
CN105225553B (en) * 2014-06-17 2018-06-12 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The recommendation method and device of course in online education
CN111902840A (en) * 2018-01-15 2020-11-06 株式会社雅纳读 Online language conversation course management method and management server used by same
JP7325786B1 (en) * 2023-02-13 2023-08-15 株式会社フレアリンク TRAINING INTERMEDIATION DEVICE, TRAINING INTERMEDIATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2006095693A1 (en) 2008-08-14
CN1831866A (en) 2006-09-13
TW200707318A (en) 2007-02-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
Willis Distance education: A practical guide
Lee Breaking through Digital Barriers: Exploring EFL Students' V iews of Zoom Breakout Room Experiences
Liu et al. Extending teacher professional development through an online learning community: A case study
WO2006095693A1 (en) Foreign language lesson operating/managing system and foreign language lesson operating/managing method
Levin et al. Highly interactive and effective online learning environments for teacher professional development
Boaz et al. Teaching at a Distance: A Handbook for Instructors.
Albert et al. Supporting teachers’ technology integration: A descriptive analysis of social and teaching presence in technical support sessions
WO2007078071A1 (en) System for operating online cooperation study group
JP2004333525A (en) Bidirectional communication system, server, electronic lecture method, and program
Parker et al. Teletechniques, an Instructional Model for interactive teleconferencing
Kaur Tools of ICT in open and distance learning for inclusive education in developing world
JP2002072846A (en) Education system
Newman et al. Videoconferencing Technology in K-12 Instruction: Best Practices and Trends: Best Practices and Trends
Quezada Faith-Based Organizing for School Improvement in the Texas Borderlands: A Case Study of the Texas Alliance School Initiative.
Norte Self-access study and cooperative foreign language learning through computers
Riedling An exploratory study: Distance education doctoral students in the field of educational policy studies and evaluation at the University of Kentucky
Kochman An investigation of differences in participant outcomes resulting from the use of interactive televised distance learning
Moser Online learning and academic support centers: How synchronous support opportunities affect graduate students’ interaction with the content
Widad EXAMINING THE CHALLENGES OF TEACHING ENGLISH IN A VIRTUAL CLASSROOM USING WHATSAPP DURING PANDEMIC
Garcia et al. School districts and a university principal preparation program partnership: a cohort model
Wood et al. Using distance learning to prepare supported employment professionals
Rodriguez Lessons in Art Curriculum and Pedagogy: Impacts of the Pandemic Year and Beyond
Chowdhury Contextual Factors Influencing University Students’ Choice of Mode of Study in a Multi-Mode Teaching Environment: A Thematic Analysis
Beale What do English language teachers want from professional development
Johnson et al. Distance education: A unique blend of technology and pedagogy to train future special educators

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007507104

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: RU

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 06715310

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1